Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout7050 Gall Blvd (127)Burt Hill/Pollock Krieg Architects, Inc. January 19, 2016 Joseph Herwig, Jr., PE Agency for Healthcare Administration Office of Plans and Construction 2727 Mahan Drive, MS 24 Tallahassee, Florida 32308 Re: Florida Hospital Zephyrhills MRI Equipment Replacement Client Code/File No. 23/100046-113-5 Dear Joe: Suite 203 8250 College Parkway Fort Myers, Florida 33919 239.482.4761 239.482.0265 FAX Architecture Interior Design Planning #AAC002219 Attached please find revised drawings which indicate changes requested by the hospital since the submission of the approved drawings. A narrative of the changes is as follows: Sheet A2.0 • An existing counter in the Control Room is being modified to allow easy storage of "slide boards" vertically. Upper cabinets are added as shown on detail 6/A2.2. • A new coil storage cabinet was added to the MRI Room as shown on elevation 5/A2.2. A new gas outlet is shown next to the cabinet. • A door (102) is added to the H.C. Toilet from the control room to allow techs easy access to a hand wash sink. • The door into the stretcher transfer from corridor has been changed to an ICU type sliding door to allow easier movement of patient beds into the transfer room. Sheet A 2.1 • Includes revised door schedule and section details of the new doors. Sheet A 2.2 • Indicates removal of the screening system for a chiller that was deleted. The MRI equipment will be fed from the house -wide chilled water system. • Cabinet details added. We offer these changes for your review. Also attached are MEP changes with a narrative. Wg, .mod to your review and approval of the items. If you have any questions please do u it /PoI fit' ;` rchitects, Inc. n T. Pollocl;.A�`, cc Klaus ehlhorn, FHZ K gan rang, c. Professional Engineers January 14, 2016 City of Zephyrhills Building Department 5335 8th Street Zephyrhills, FL 33542 RE: Florida Hospital (Zephyrhills) — MRI Renovation To whom it may concern: Office: (813) 241-6488 Fax: (813) 241-6498 Please see the following drawing revisions based on owner modifications to the systems for the MRI Renovation. Marhanirni M-4.0 1. Modifications to extent of demolition on the existing ductwork. 2. Modifications to add new chilled water piping to the MRI equipment. 3. Modification to the return air system. M-4.1 1. Modifications to the chilled water piping system to the MRI equipment. M-4.2 Plumbing P-1.0 Electrical E-3.0 1. Modifications to the chilled water piping system to the MRI equipment 2. Removed new process chiller and utilized owners existing chilled water system for the MRI equipment. 1. Modifications to removed existing medical gas outlets. 2. Modifications to provide new medical outlets as per owners requested locations. 1. Modifications to remove new power from process chiller (which was removed from the scope of work). E-4.0 1. Modification to the one -line diagram/riser to show connection to mobile MRI. E-5.0 \\\\\I l I I I////// 1. Provided coordination study for mobile MRI unit. �� �pAD Mod 2. Provided one -line diagram for mobile MRI unit. 3. Provided picture showing breaker settings (coordinated with t ��e.11 OrEr H alth, Care Administration). a 0 4 93t * r If you have any questions, please contact us. o ! i . SA ,fie 3203 Queen Palm Drive • Tampa, FL 33619,PLOR��P��C92 7 NAL`�?�� w Office: (813) 241-6488 Prafes.vicrrral Engineers Fax: (813) 241-6498 January 14, 2016 Mr. Lyndon T. Pollock, AIA 8250 College Parkway, #203 Fort Myers, Florida 33919 RE: Facility Name: Florida Hospital (Zephyrhills) 7050 Gall Boulevard Zephyrhills, Florida 33541 Project Name: MRI Replacement Client Code/File-Project Sub. Number: 23/100046-1-5 Dear Lyn: We have reviewed the AHCA comments generated their plan review of the revised drawings dated October 12, 2015 and offer the following response: Electrical Comment E-7: Sheet E5.0: Provide in the one -line diagram where is connected the existing disconnect (panel or switchboard), also provide panel schedule and coordination studies. Response: Please see revised drawing E-5.0. �,�1111 PAD If you have any questions, please call. ���, Respectfully, •, ct��' 4019 �`�� KPI Engineering, Inc. < s CORI l b Shawn M. Jeffrey, Sr. — LEED AP `e>j/0NA1, e� ` Design Group Manager / Partner cc: Trey Morgan, PE (KPI) Scott Nelson (KPI) Richie Ramsauer (KPI 3203 Queen Palm Drive - Tampa, FL 33619 N N oP N v N 0 Q N NJ Q- N 0 FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRHILLS MRI REPLACEMENT ]Florida Hospital Zephyrhills 7050 Gall Boulevard Zephyrhills, IF 33541 Client Code ]File -Project Submission Number: 23 / 100046-1-5 PROJECT TEAM DIRECTORY OWNER Florida Hospital Zephyrhills 7050 Gall Boulevard Zephyrhills, Florida 33541 Phone: (813) 788-0411 ARCHITECT Burt Hill / Pollock Krieg Architects, Inc. 8250 College Parkway Suite 203 Fort Myers, Florida 33919 Phone: (239) 482-4761 Fax: (239) 482-0265 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS KPI Engineering Inc. 3203 Queen Palm Drive Tampa, Florida 33619 Phone: (813) 241-6488 Fax: (813) 241-6498 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS TLC Engineering for Architecture 500 North Westshore Blvd #435 Tampa Florida 33609 Phone: 813-637-0110 Fax: 813-637-0013 KEY PLAN oil NINEloss l' PROJECT LOCATION SYMBOLS AND MATERIALS AO WINDOW TYPE ELEVATION BENCHMARK REVISION AND NUMBER C.J.D CONTROL JOINT DOOR AND FRAME WITH DOOR NUMBER 00 EXISTING DOOR METAL STUD WALL MASONRY WALL EVALUATION 208 ROOM NAME AND NUMBER WALL TYPE BUILDING SECTION \l1� SECTION OR DETAIL ELEVATION ® INTERIOR ELEVATION NORTH ARROW EARTH GRANULAR FILL ® METAL ® FINISH WOOD STUCCO OR GYPSUM BOARD CONCRETE OR GRAVEL CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT (CMU) ® PLYWOOD ® ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE ® BATT OR SEMIRIGID INSULATION RIGID INSULATION ROUGH WOOD FRAMING OR BLOCKING 0 0 #MTN VICINITY MAP G►� ware n a: t3td take - fl**i W 10104 ftd : Htr£rcl _eke :;I 'nu.r��Fam : Estaies .; , Site Fo erg g s F walla ..xol• & Cour*ry Cl-at Fr�uatr. C nt�e �`Y a ._. o u� S 1Jts L n s c.t a e s .............. - 8 n3rs tt _• " - :JaksdeL4k ' ' Zeonyl hills r ;PA nkp GENERAL NOTES Industry standards (I.e. ASTM, ANSI, etc.) shall have the some force and effect. on performance of work as If copies were directly Inserted into the Contract Documents or bound and published therewith. Comply with standards In effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise note or required by authorities having jurisdiction. CODES - All work shall conform to the following codes and ordinances: 2014 Florida Building Code 2014 Florida Plumbing Code 2014 Florida Fuel Gas Code 2014 Florida Mechanical Code 2014 Florida Accessibility Code 2014 Florida Energy Conservation Code 2014 Florida Existing Building Code Florida Fire Prevention Code Fifth Edition - Effective December 31, 2014 Local Codes and Ordinances and flood damage prevention ordinances where applicable 2012 NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code 2012 NFPA 99 - Health Care Facilities 2010 Guidelines for Design and Construction of Health Care Facilities t 7o5o bA llkw) 6MU BUILDING CODE INFORMATION OCCUPANCY GROUP : GROUP 1-2 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION : TYPE I-B TYPE 1(3,30 FULLY SPRINKLERED (NFPA) SQUARE FOOTAGE OF REMODELING: 1,106sgf t I. Contractor to oversee cleaning and Insure that the premises are maintained free of rubbish during construction. Final cleanup Is the responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor to provide PermIffIng Authority with Debris Affidavit of time of submittal. 2. At the termination of work, submit to Building Agent/Tenant maintenance manuals presenting full details for care and maintenance of all surfaces and equipment of every nature. Contents shall include manufacturer's and Installer's names, addresses, and phone numbers, and Instructions for installation, start-up, operation, maintenance parts list, and data sheets. J. Contractor is responsible for compliance with all Codes, Ordinances and Regulations applicable at project location. Contractor is responsible for filing and securing all necessary permits, approvals, etc. for all trades. 4. When 'or equal'. 'alternate', or other qualifying terms are used, those items shall be approved by Building Agent/Tenant and/or Architect. 5. Existing materials or Items scheduled to remain that are damaged by construction shall be repaired, patched, and refinished to the nearest intersection, restoring surface to it's original condition. 6. Contractor shall protect all existing walls, doors, frames, surfaces, fixtures, finishes, etc. from damage during demolition and construction. Existing materials to be removed shall be coordinated with Owner to verify if Owner wishes to salvage some. Relocation of salvaged materials, once removed, to be by the Building Agent/Tenant's forces 7. Contractor shall verify and be responsible for all dimensions and job site conditions related to this work. Any discrepancy in dimensions or special modifications required due to field conditions shall be reported to the Architect for clarificotlon 8. The Architect does not have control or charge of, and shall not be held responsible fc; construction means, methods, techniques, sequence or for safety precautions and programs in connection with work, for the acts or omissions of the contractor, sub contractors or any other persons performing any of the work, or for the failure of any of them to carry out the work in accordance with the Documents. 9. All pipes, ducts, conduit, etc., which penetrate the final slab or walls shall be Installed so as to maintain the fire resistive and structural Integrity of the building construction. 10. Demolition of existing construction necessary to Install new construction and equipment Is to be performed by the contractor who Is to supply and Install the new construction and equipment. Install lintels where required with prior written approval. ll. Contractor to repair floor slobs, fill gaps, cracks and voids. Grind smooth any high spots or ridges. Floors to be prepared as required to receive floor finishes so that previous substrate defects cannot be detected. 12. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, AIA Document A201, latest edition, shall apply. 13. Fire extinguisher cabinets mounting height to be 2'-6' from floor to bottom of receptacle. Top of extinguisher to be 4'-0' AFF, max. 14. Not all listed GENERAL NOTES may apply, nor are they all -Inclusive for every work situation. Excellence, through -out the job, does apply. 15. Each new FIRE WALL, FIRE BARRIER, FIRE PARTITION, SMOKE BARRIER, SMOKE PARTITION, or any other new wall required to hove protected openings shall be permanently identified with signs or stenciling above any decorative ceiling and In concealed spaces with the words, 'FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER PROTECTED ALL OPENINGS', or similar language. Sign or stenciling to include UL Design number of partition. Such signs or stenciling shall be in 4 inch high letters, %Z-inch stroke, and not more than 15-feet on center. Per Florida Fire Protection Code 101:8.3.2.4. 16. Contractor to repair any damaged spray flreproffIng. Patch shall be completed to maintain the require fire resistant rating. INDEX OF DRAWINGS 400 Cover Sheet ARCHITECTURAL A1,0 First Floor Life Safety Plan ALL First Floor ICRA Plan A2.0 Demolition Plan and Floor Plan A2.1 Ceiling Plan and Details A2.2 Second Floor and Roof Plan A5.1 Specifications STRUCTURAL S i .0 Structural Notes and Abbreviations S2.0 Structural Roof Plan and Details S2.1 Structural First Floor Plan and Details PLUMBING PLO Plumbing Legend, General Notes, Fixture Schedules and Details and Plumbing Partial Floor Plan MECHANICAL M1.0 Abbreviations, Legend and General Notes M2.0 Infection Control Plan M3.0 HVAC 1st Floor Plan - Demolition M4.0 HVAC 1 st Floor Plan -New Construction M4.0 HVAC 2nd Floor Plan - New Construction M4.0 HVAC 3rd Floor Plan - New Construction M5.0 Mechanical Schedule & Details FIRE PROTECTION FP1.0 Abbreviations, Legends, General Notes and Details FP2.0 Fire Protection Demolition and New Construction Partial Plans ELECTRICAL E-1.0 Legend, Abbreviations and General Notes E-2.0 Demolition and New Feeder Plan E-3.0 New Construction E4.0 Riser Diagram and Schedules ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL PREVAILING CODES, FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS ORDINANCES REVIEW DATE _L�_I0 CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS PLANS EXAMINER Refer also to Siemens Medical Drawing Florida Hospital Zephyrhills Project #140420 dated 7/10/15 Lyndon T. Pollock Registered Architect AR0006747 \0 mr- �M& Project No. 15017.00 A0.0 I�-.-. ©2015 BHIPK Architects, Inc. 812512015 4:06:44 PM _Acd\A0-0 Cover Sheet.dgn N O N V- n O 00 7 Mri Exlsting canopy Removeoble bollards Shore power, doto,phone and pox and fire alarm connection. C07 PORTABLE MRI UNIT ��d Provide covered canopy connection to troller i I I I I I I T is area urobstructed I for air flow I I I I I I I aIC A/C 0 0-� 0 GRADE LEVEL PLAN AS.I 118 ' = I'-0' Removeoble bollards OVERALL VIEW PHONE, DAT A, PAX CONNECTIONS SHORE POWER PAD mi Project No. 15017.00 AS*1 OZOI s I3[{/PK Architects, Inc. 812812015 2:37:12 PM ...\cd\AO.I SITE PLAN.dgn N co N O 06 I o � 00 0 SMOKE COMPARTMENTS /EXIT CALCULATIONS Compartment Compartment Area Occupancy Type IA 11,858 S.F. Treatment IB 20,414 S.F. Treatment IC 16,515 S.F. 12.503 -12 4.012 Assembly ID 13,961 S.F. Treatment IE 13,896 S.F. Treatment IF 12.428 S.F. Treatment Sq./ Ft. Occupant 240 240 240 15 wfI 240 vZ111 Number of Occupants *0 85 53 267 M, M 52 SMOKE COMPARTMENTS /EXIT CALCULATIONS Compartment Compartment Area Occupancy Type Sq./ Ft. Occupant IG 4,982 S.F. Treatment 240 IH 6,284 S.F. Treatment 240 ll 11,691 S.F. Treatment 240 IJ 15,141 S.F. Treatment 240 TOTAL FIRST FLOOR SOUARE FOOTAGE - 113,209 SO.FT. EXITS UNITS REQUIRED - 725 X .2 • 157' EXIT UNITS PROVIDED - 1,279' 9M80L LEGEND F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET Number of Occupants ® MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER QS SMOKE DETECTOR 21 0 HEAT DETECTOR © FIRE ALARM PULL STATION 27 S ♦ STROBE 49 HIS Ow-* HORN AND STROBE 3K EXIT LIGHTS 63 I EXIT LIGHTS WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROW(s) 42 EXIT WIDTH IN INCHES 784 125' 2) INTERIOR EXIT PATH AND DISTANCE KT A SMOKE COMPARTMENT DESIGNATION FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FH FIE & REXTINGUISHER TRUE PLAN NORTH NORTH LIFE SAFETY - FIRST FLOOR 1116 ' . 1'-0' RRlI-HP 3v I �� ■i I Lyndon T. Pollock Registered Architect AR0006747 Project No. 15017.00 Al 00 ©2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. I 812512015 4:06:14 PM ...\AI.0 Flrst Floor Llfe Safety Plon.dgn INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES: N N P ti CO N 0 a- N 00 N 9 C 1. The Contractor shall obtain from the owner a copy of the Infection control risk assessment (ICRA) prepared for this project. The contractor shall review the requirements in this report and preform all work In accordance with those requirements. The contractor shall strictly adhere to the limits of the construction area, and where ghost applies shall adhere to the phasing plan. A - work outside the construction are shall be coordinates with he facility and preformed In accordance wl h the IRCA report, under the supervision of the facilities representative or other designated ICRA commltee officer. 2. To the extent that It is required by the ICRA the contractor shall endeavor to maintain existing levels of Indoor air Quality In areas surrounding and adjacent to the construction work zone and elesewhere In the facility. It should be anticipated that the ICRA report will require measures to this et`fect Including erection of construction zone barriers and provisions for negative air pressure in the construction zone relative to other areas of the facility. Failure to comply with construction and malntolnonce of constuction barriers will result in the cesatlon of work until the barriers ore brought Into compliance. 3.Contractor to monitor room to assure room has negative pressure monitoring 4. Any requirement for lnteruptlon or shut down of utilities made necessary by this construction shall be coordinated with the facility at least one week prior to interuptlon. 5. Contractor shall endevor to minimize any disruption of surrounding areas of the facility 6. All debris will be removed In covered carts. Wheels will be cleaned prior to entering the building from outside or from the construction area. 7. If fire alarm and / or sprinkler systems are shut down for four (4) hours or more, contractor to provide 'Fire Watch'. 8. Traffic between barricaded areas and open areas shall be kept a minimum. Keep door to such areas closed at a11times. Transport materials and refuse Into area from on external site without violating other areas. 9. Provide negative pressure In construction area by blocking supply ventilations In dust fight manner and HEPA-filter exist Ing return ducts. or with use of negative air machine Do not re -circulate air from construction area to remainder of the facility. ICRA Precautions During Construction Provide active means to prevent airborne dust from dispensing Into atmosphere Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust Immediately replace any ceiling the If displaced Water mist work surfaces to control dust while cutting Seal unused doors with low tack Block off and seal air vents Place dust mat at entrance and exit of work area Remove or Isolate HVAC system In areas where work Is being performed ICRA Precautions upon Construction Completion Wipe work surfaces with disinfectant Contain construction waste before transport In tightly covered containers Wet mop and/or vacuum with HEPA filtered vacuum before leaving work area Remove Isolation of HVAC system In areas where work was preformed. General Suspended Celling Olrective Contractor shall notify the owner's representative of areas to be accessed prio to start of work Spray top of ceiling panels to be removed, and surrounding offected panels with fine water mist to settle dust prior to removal. Clean top of adjacent ceiling panels after work Is complete Clean floor below work area when work Is complete Reroute traffic with barriers as required so that no patients or staff travel immediately below the work area. Owner should be contacted for all ceiling problems Typical above Celiing Work Contractor to provide a pre- manufactured portable collapsible and temporary dust barrier system. Portable airborne particulate containment units. Environmental Containment Unit (ECU) as manufactured by Mlntle Technologies or equal, and all necessary accessories Including, but not limited to, 350-425 cfm Negative Air Machine and 120 cfm Hepo Vacuum. Refer to engineering drawing for all locations Ire retardant wood noller lose open ducts with 6 mil Ire retardant poly 'eol with duct tape ceiling space with 6 mll fire dont Poly Seal all joint rations with duct tape around all pipe and duct `rations In the partition and barrier with duct tape Paint gypsum board public side NOTE: CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE EDGE GUARD SYSTEM FOR GYPSUM BOARD WALLS UPON APPROVAL OF HOSITAL Acoustical ceiling the %' gypsum wall board Finish occupied side with semigloss paint Mln 20 Go 3%' Metal studs v P-4' O.C. Plaster tape all joints Secure oil tape with ram -tack high tack spray or equal 2 TEMPORARY ICRA WALL Al,l 3/4 ' • 1'-0' Access second 1 ICRA PLAN - FIRST FLOOR A1.1 1/16 ' . 11-0' TRUE PLAN NORTH NORTH Lyndon T. Pollock Registered Architect AR0006747 OT, W 010*11 1 H 07 U U •� o cV o N 00 U o M O C14 0 a � N 0 M U W oNowa�,a 0 x � U x ~"� N G VI 4� N C�s C!1 O Cd O C� ~ U O •Cd O Project No. 15017.00 A 1. 1 812512015 4:19:55 PM _\A1.1 First Floor ICRA Plan.dgn ©2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. N u 01 iff 0o a- N 0 � o N 'e Existing counter and table to remain Existing MRI door to remain Existing view window to remain DUN D Existing cabinet to remain H.C. TL T. DENSITY WE ME NJ I DRESS , F.E.C. CONTROL M.R.I. CORRIDOR r — — — — i I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , I , —r__-----------�—i I i DEMOLITION PLAN 114 ' . I'-0' DEMOLITION NOTES huLu DRESS HULU ❑zFI-1][(z❑ F.E.C. STRETCHER 1. Remove existing finished floor coverings (ceramic Me. vinyl tile, carpet, etc., complete from within room, Including adhesives, Prep for new finished flooring 2. Remove oil existing wall construction shown in dashed lines completely, Including all door, hardware and fromes. all existing wall mounted Items (sing, coat hooks, marker boards, etc.) to be removed and deliver to owner. J. Remove all applied room finishes, not schedule to remain from existing walls that are to remain (ceramic tile, vinyl wall covering, etc., field verify) patch, repair and prepare surface as required for new finishes. Cut existing wallcovering mural at corners and remove on these walls. Retain for reinstallation Remove existing door and partition Remove existing file extinguisher, save for relocation READING Existing MR1 equipment to be removed by MRI vendor M STAFF H.C. TLT. q1I Remove access flooring (shaded) to extent shown. Will slob depression, Refer to structural drawing. -- - -- Remove all existing equipment not schedule to remain or required for new Installation I r Existing access flooring to remain Remove portion of existing construction as required to Incorporate new magnetic shields Re vork existing RF shi lding as required for new co structlon ve ify location of pressure eq a/izatlon opening Provide magnetic shielding as described In Siemens report doted 2-6-15 drawing 01404210 2 FLOOR PLAN �-o 114 ' . 1'-0' WOMAN VNI-MI Project No. 15017.00 A2,00 812512015 4:05:40 PM ...\cd\A2.0 FLOOR PLAN.dgn © 2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. I N N 0 N a- N w N 0 a 00 d o ' o ARTITION TYPES Single layer' gypsum wallboard on each side of stud attached with I' type 'S' drywall screws W o � O OQ = J m Q J 3%' metal studs Q P-4' O.C. 100 Acoustic attenuation bott—\ \ 101 q� NON -RATED METAL FRAME HEIGHT: Partition 10 extend to deck above Single layer %' gypsum wallboard on each side of stud attached with I' type 'S' drywall screws. 3%' metal studs M V-4' O.C. SMOKE TIGHT Metal framing and corridor side gypsum board extend and seal to deck above. Extend room side gypsum to 4' above ceiling. Seal all penetrotlons smoketlght JfiM D HEAD 2 HOLLOW METAL DETAIL A2.1 3. One layergypsum wallboard each side of 3%' metal studs (refer to plans for wall types) Double studs Hollow metal frame Door refer to door schedule One layer 518 'gypsum wallboard each side of 3 518 'metal studs (refer to plans for wall types) Double studs Hollow metal frame Door refer to door schedule DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME DETAILS � Q Q Qz W ` 2 Y c� W Ln ti (n O a z Q SIZE � U � U_ HEAD JAMB THRSHLD =� 4'-0' x 7'-0' 1Y' A WOOD STAIN A HM PAINT 21A2.1 21A2.1 I 4'-0' x 7'-0' l%' A WOOD STAIN A HM PAINT 21A2.1 21A2.1 2 HW Set 1 HW Set 2 2 pair hinges 2 pair hinges closer I('3'tTDrllatch silencers storeroom lock 3 LUMICOR PANEL ROOM F/N/SH SCHEDULE NO. ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING REMARKS Z LU _J � � v a J a W � o a � NC ud s k a s c i C� ? Q � O ? W = U_ J N 2 I 2 • DOT DENOTES ti W Q Z Q '` W FINISH LOCATION W o W:X N W N W c� CONTROL • • • • EXIST HC TOILET • • • • EXIST STRETCHER TRANSFER • • • • • 81-0' MRI EOUIPMENT • • • • 8'-0' MRI • • • • 8'-0' VINYL PLANK FLOORING EARTH WERKS HATHAWAY VINYL PLANK HTW 9626 6748' PLANKS VCT MATCH EXISTING PAINT SOUTH WALLS IN MRI AND STRETCHER TRANSFER ROOMS SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW6531INDIGO ALL OTHER WALLS To BE SHERWIN WILLIAMS 7531 CANVAS TAN PROVIDE EPDXY PAINT IN TOILET CONTRACTOR TO RE -INSTALL EXISTING PAINTED WALLCOVERING ON NEW CORRIDOR WALL VINYL BASE BURKE MERCER ART DECO 4.25 MATCH EXISTING COLOR CHAIR RAIL SSI 523 1111673 112' STAIN TO MATCH VINYL PLANK FLOOR ALL FINISHES TO BE CLASS IOR CLASS A Lumlcor panel x 3%2' deep wooc Frame REMARKS 7 /Ym Width 7 Hollow metal frame 4 LUMICOR FRAME A2.1 3• = 1'-0. ling line Lumlcor panel Ix stained oak stops Ix4 stained oak frame Floor line REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEGEND PRISMATIC LENS FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 4 FOOT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE i--0 FLUORESCENT STRIP UTILITY LIGHTS RECESSED WALL WASH DOWN LIGHT RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED DOWN LIGHT ® EXIT LIGHT WITH ARROW • SPRINKLER HEAD ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER ® RETURN REGISTER OR GRILLE GYPSUM CEILING, SOFFIT OR BULKHEAD (provide closure at both sides as required) C.J.D CONTROL JOINT Elev. FINISH CEILING ELEVATION (A.F.F.) 01b8'-0' AFF EXISTING GRID TO REMAIN i --i--i — NEW CEILING PANELS NEW CEILING GRID AND CEILING PANELS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES: 1. Refer to Electrical drawings for fixture types. counts and clrculting. 2. Refer to Mechanical drawings for diffuser and register sizes. 3. Sldewollregisters. diffusers and sprinkler heads are not shown on Architectural reflected ceiling plans. 4. Coordlnote locations of electrical, mechanical and fire protection devices with Architectural reflected celling plans. SUB -WAIT H C STRETCHER DRESS HOLD TF— i CEILING PLAN A2.1 114 • = P-o' Lyndon T. Pollock Registered Architect AR0006747 "AO Project No. 15017.00 A201 912112015 11:37:02 AM ».\cd\A2.1 CEILING PLAN.dgn © 2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. Mech unit Existing walk pads leads to door access to roof N v N O N Q \ rn 0 co a- 00 \ � o cc f� Elev. = 9'-6' Painted steel tub Armor Screen Sep FL 8363 refer a structural drowln Galvanized steel tube frame. Refer to structural Roof square boo. flashing anchor and seal as required Repair existing as required roof I Platform framing 2'-0' Clear ' I I I I I I Roof pipe boot �\ flashing anchor \ and seal as required Repair existing roof as required Pipe and anchor plate refer to structural drawing 2 HV AC PLATFORM FLASHING A2.4 1%z' • l'-0' Pipe supports flashing at roof similar refer to mech drawing 3 PROTECTIVE SCREEN SECTION �.2314 -1'-0. ❑� /Z �! fr' % MRl electrical feed from this room Contractor access path up stair I for second floor work. Remove all debris In covered carts Indicates approximate routing of above ceiling electrical work down to first floor Provide fire retardant poly cube and fire extinguishers for above ceiling work m MECH 3-100 Existing vent ID around existing ductwork �ny on�i i Cryogen vent PARTIAL ROOF PLAN A2.2 118 ' = 1'-0' `-- MRI project located In this area on the First Floor PARTIAL SECOND ICRA FLOOR PLAN 1116 • = 11-0' - Access point set -Ar-mar--screen-._ apeafug---- 3'xY for access -New armor screen 3 enclosure refer to A2.2 —New MR1 chiller dashed line Indicates manufacturers required service clearance. Refer to structural for equipment support - Existing bracing to remain Existing MRI HVAC unit to removed provide water tight cap over existing openng Existing screen wall to remain Patch/repair access holes to preserve I hour rating Indicates approximate returns of above ceiling refringent lines up to roof. Provide fire retardant poly cube be and fire extinguishers for above ceiling work ILyndon T. Pollock Registered Architect AR0006747 'roject No. 15017.00 A202 812512015 3:54:23 PM _Acd\A2.2 SECOND AND ROOF.dgn ©2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. I N W" 0 N1 o v N �i Q N DIVISION I - GENERAL SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING Scope: I. Cutting and patching Includes cutting Into existing construction for the Installation or performance of other work and patching required to restore the surfaces to their original condition. a. Unless otherwise specified the requirements for this section also apply to mechanical and electrical work. Refer to divisions l5 and 16 for further requirements. b. Do not cut and patch exposed work In a manner that In the Architect/Engineers opinion results In lessening the buildings aesthetic qualities. Replace any work judged by the Archltect/Engineer to be usually satisfactory. c. Do not cut and patch exposed work In a manner that would result in the reduction of load carrying capacity or load deflection ratio. When In doubt notify the Archltecl/Englneer. Products: I. Except as otherwise indicated, or as directed by Archltect/ Engineer, use material for cutting and patching that are Identical to existing materials. Execution: I. Provide temporary support and protection of existing work as required. SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS, PRODUCTS, AND SUBSTITUTIONS Scope: I. Format for submittals: As required for specific type and by Individual sections. 2. Types of submittals and number of copies. a. Shop drawings, reviewed and annotated by the general contractor 6 copies b. Product data - 6 copies c. Samples - 2, plus extra samples as required to indicate range of color, flnlsh, and texture to be expected. d. Mock- ups - as required in Individual sections. e.Inspection and test reports - 4 copies f. Warranties - 2 copies g. Survey data - 2 copies. h. Closeout submittals - 2 copies DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK Refer to structural drawings for Structural Steel requirements DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY Scope: I. Provide rough carpentry work Including but not limited to: nollers, blocking, furring and sleepers. Products: I. Lumber, finished 4 sides,19Z maximum moisture content. a. Light framing: Construction grade Douglas fir or southern pine, appearance grade where exposed. b. Structural froming and timbers: No. I grade Douglas fIr or southern pine, appearance grade where exposed. c. Boards: Construction grade 2. Wood for nollers, furring and sleepers: Construction grade, finished 4 sides, 19% moisture content. Pressure preservative treat Items in contact with roofing, f lashing, waterproof Ing, mosonry, concrete or the ground. J. Plywood, APA rated for use and exposure. a. Backing: Interior A/C grade. 4. Building paper: Asphalt saturated felt, non -perforated, ASTM D 226, Typ 1.30 Ibs 5. Provide certification that wood products contain no urea formaldehyde. 6. Wood treatment: a. Exterior wood AWPA standard UI and TI. Categories UCI, UC2, UC3A, UC3B, CU4A, CU48 Alkaline Copper Ouaternory based treatment. b. interior wood AWPA Cl Timber, AWPA C9 Plywood, AWPA C31 Lumber not In contact with ground and protected from water, AWPA 5 Waterborne Preservatives, AWPA M4 Disodlum Octoborate based treatment. 7. Sealants: For setting wood bucks and nollers In exterior opening refer to Division 7. 8. All wood blocking to be fire retardant treated. Execution: I. General: Set plumb, level, and square as required by job conditions. SECTION 06200 - FiNISH CARPENTRY Scope: I. Provide flnlsh carpentry for woodwork Items exposed to view a. Lumlcor panel frame and chair roll. Products: 1. Ouallty for fabrication and products shall be AWI Premium Grade 2. Species for panel frame and chair roll to be red oak suitable for stain flnlsh. Execution: 1. Comply with AWI specifications. 2. Set work, plumb, scribe to fit level and true as required by job conditions. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07200 - INSULATION Scope: I. Provide building Insulation as shown on the drawings. a. Unf aced fibergloss sound attenuation botts Products: I. Unf aced fiberglass sound attenuation botts. a. Unfaced mineral fiber butts complying with ASTM C665 Type I. To be full thickness of cavity It Is installed In. 2. All products to be certlf led formaldehyde free. 3. Auxiliary materials : Adhesives for bonding Insulation to substrates and mechanical anchors. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 250g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) Execution: I. Provide tight gaps at unit Intersections. 2. Install and support units per type of substrate indicated. SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING Scope: I. Provide flrestopping Insulation and caulking to prevent passage of flame and products of combustion through concealed spaces, openings between and around floors and fire rated assemblies. Products: I. Assemblies as Indicated on drawings and / or required by existing construction. SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS Scope: I. Provide sealant at Intersection of building components. Products: I. Joints designed for expansion and movement conditions at site: a. Elostomerlc sealant for exterior work b. Non-elostomeric caulking compounds for interior work 2. Elostomerlc joint sealants: a. Manufacturers standard one part non ocld-curing silicone sealant Type S Grade NS complying with ASTM C 920 and ASTM C 719 J. Latex (non elostomeric) sealants for interior joints. a. Manufacturers standard one part, non sag acrylic sealant complying with C 834 b. VOC content of Interior sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used Inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following limits for VOC content calculated according to 40 CFR 59, subpart D (EPA Method 24): I. Architectural sealants: 250 g/L 2. Sealant primers for nonporous substrates: 250 g/L 3. Sealant primers for porous substrates:775 g/L 4. Joint sealant backing a. Plastic foam joint fillers of open cell polyurethane foam. b. Bond breaker tape c. Compressible joint filler backup Execution: I. Place sealants as required by job conditions and install per manufacturers recommendations. DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Scope: I. Provide hollow metal door frames Products: I. Comply with the Florida Building Code. 2. Frames: Welded construction with mitered corners. gage as follows: a. Interior fromes:16 gage up to 5' wide,14 gage over 5' wide. b. Exterior frames: 14 gage J. Finish a. Interior: Rust Inhibiting primer suitable for painting b. Exterior: Galvanized G60 ASTM AS2S 4. Fire Roting: UL Labeled where required. Execution: I. Install per manufacturer recommendations, final shop drawings and SDI-105 recommended erectors Instructions for steel frames. SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS Scope: I. Provide solid core flush wood doors. Products: I. Comply with the Florida Building Code 2. Solid core flush wood door with particle board core. 3. Faces: To match existing doors.. 4. Finish. To match existing flnlsh. Provide Urethane top coats. 5. Products and adhesives to contain NO Urea Formaldehyde. Execution: I. Install doors plumb and true. Follow all manufacturers recommendations, final shop drawings and NFPA 80 where applicable DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS - CONTINUED SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE Scope: 1. Provide finish hardware for sliding, and swinging doors. Products: 1. ADA compatible hardware finish and type to match existing. Execution: I. Install per manufacturers recommendations and code requirements. Hardware Schedule: Refer to drawings. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL Scope: 1. Gypsum drywall including screw type metal support systems. Products: 1. Gypsum wallboard: ASTM C 36, of types, edge conflguratlon and thickness Indicated: In maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end butt joints o. Type: Standard b. Type 'X' for rated assemblies - Standard c. Edges: Tapered d. Thickness: As Indicated. or if not otherwise Indicated, as required to comply with ASTM C840 for application system and supporting spacing indicated. 2. Ceiling Support Materials and Systems a. General: Size celling components to comply with ASTM C 754 unless otherwise Indicated. 3. Wall/Partition Support Materials: a. Studs: ASTM C645: 20 gage unless otherwise indicated. Use /6 gage steel studs at shower seat supports and rolling counter service doors or where required by wall mounted equipment. Consult manufacturers literature limiting height/gages of all wall assemblies 4. Accessories: Galvanized steel corner beads, casing beads, control joints and materials as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Acoustical sealant: US Gypsum Acoustical Sealant or equal. VOC limits to comply with Section 07200. Execution: I. Comply with manufacturers recommendations and ASTM C840 2. Finish: Provide smooth Level 4 flnlsh. SECTION 095/0 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Scope: 1. Provide acoustical ceilings and metal suspension system. 2. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide materials that are Identical to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics, per ASTM test method Indicated below, by UL or other testing and Inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and Inspecting organizations. a. Flame spread 25 or less b. Smoke developed 450 or less Products: 1. Acoustical panels: Use Armstrong Cortega 1770 2 x 2 x 5/8'. Use Armstrong 3150 2 x 2 x P In MRI Scan Room. 2. Exposed Grid Suspension System: Armstrong Prelude XL 15/16' 7300. Use aluminum grid and suspension system In MRI Scan Room. Armstrong AL Prelude Plus XL 7200. 3. Accessories: As required for complete Installation. 4. Extra Materials: 2.0 percent or minimum (I) carton of each product used. Execution: I. Comply with Manufacturers recommendations, C/SA 'Ceiling Systems Handbook' and ASTM C636. SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING 1. Provide resilient flooring. 2. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which compiles with the following fire test performance criteria as determined by an Independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than the following rating per ASTM E 648. 0.45 watts per sq. cm. b. Flame Spread: Not more than 25 per ASTM E 84. c. Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84 d. Smoke Density: Not more than 450 per ASTM E662 Products: I. Resilient flooring: Vinyl plank, vinyl composition the and cove vinyl base. Refer to flnlsh drawings. 2. Adhesives (Cements): Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. J. Concrete slob primer: Non -staining type compatible with adhesive as recommended by flooring manufacturer. 4. Leveling compound: Latex type compatible with adhesive as recommended by flooring manufacturer. 5. Adhesives shall comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA method 24). a. Adhesives: VOC not more than 50 g/L 6. Extra materials: a. Provide additional resilient flooring in the amount of 2.0 percent, or I carton whichever Is greater, for each type specified for maintenance stock. Execution: I. Clean and prepare floor In accordance with manufacturers recommendations 2. Clean all floor surfaces per manufacturers recommendations and wax vinyl composition tie (If applicable). SECTION 09900 PAINTING Scope: I. Provide painting and surface preparation for all interior surfaces, as required and scheduled. Products: 1. Provide Sherwin Williams products as specified. 2. Extra Materials minimum one gallon of each type and color of paint used. Execution: I. Examine all substrates for compliance with manufacturers recommendations. 2. Prepare and Install all paint per manufacturer's recommendations. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Scope: I. Provide celling mounted projector and skylight system by Dream Think Imagine 28 Schenk Parkway Suite 200 Astvllle NC 28803 1-321-251-6826 Products: I. All as required for complete Installation. Execution: I Install per manufacturers recommendations. DIVISION /3 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 13/00 - MRI SHIELDING Scope: I. Provide RF and Magnetic shielding as described on vendor Installation drawings and shielding report. Project No. 15017.00 812512015 4:21:19 PM _.\cd\A5.1 Speclflcotlons.dgn A5.1 2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc.Inc2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. 1000 GENERAL NOTES: 1. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND SITE DRAWINGS. CONSULT THESE DRAWINGS FOR OPENINGS, DEPRESSIONS, EQUIPMENT WEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS, EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OTHER DETAILS NOT SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE AFFECTED PART OF THE WORK. 3. NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER OR COMPONENT SHALL BE CUT, NOTCHED, OR OTHERWISE ALTERED UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS INCURRED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR REVIEW OF ANY SUCH DEVIATIONS. 4. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 5. THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO BE SELF-SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE BUILDING IS COMPLETE. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURES AND SEQUENCE TO INSURE SAFETY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENTS DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF NECESSARY SHORING, SHEETING, TEMPORARY BRACING, GUYS OR TIE -DOWNS. 6. DETAILS LABELED "TYPICAL DETAILS" ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL APPLY TO ALL SITUATIONS OCCURRING ON THE PROJECT THAT ARE THE SAME OR SIMILAR TO THOSE SPECIFICALLY DETAILED. THE APPLICABILITY OF THE DETAIL TO ITS LOCATION ON THE DRAWINGS CAN BE DETERMINED BY THE TITLE OF DETAIL. SUCH DETAILS SHALL APPLY WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE REFERENCED AT EACH LOCATION. QUESTIONS REGARDING APPLICABILITY OF TYPICAL DETAILS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. 7. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPARE THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EACH SET OF DRAWINGS AND WITHIN EACH SET OF DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 8. THE CONTRACT STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT THE FINISHED STRUCTURE, AND DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OR MEANS OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPERVISE AND DIRECT THE WORK AND SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, PROCEDURES, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCE AND SAFETY. THE ENGINEER DOES NOT HAVE CONTROL OR CHARGE OF, AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR, CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, OR PROCEDURES, FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK, FOR THE ACTS OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR OR ANY OTHER PERSONS PERFORMING ANY OF THE WORK, OR FOR THE FAILURE OF ANY OF THEM TO CARRY OUT THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 9. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S OBLIGATIONS TO REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS AND TO RETURN THEM IN A TIMELY MANNER ARE CONDITIONED UPON THE PRIOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS OR SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AND THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH A WRITTEN SCHEDULE DISTRIBUTED IN ADVANCE TO THE ENGINEER IDENTIFYING THE DATES FOR THE SUBMITTAL OF THE VARIOUS SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS. 10. PERIODIC SITE OBSERVATION BY FIELD REPRESENTATIVES OF TLC ENGINEERING FOR ARCHITECTURE IS SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF DETERMINING IF THE WORK OF THE CONTRACTOR IS PROCEEDING IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH THE STRUCTURAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THIS LIMITED SITE OBSERVATION SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS EXHAUSTIVE OR CONTINUOUS TO CHECK THE QUALITY OR QUANTITY OF THE WORK. 11. ALL STRUCTURES REQUIRE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE TO EXCEED LIFESPAN AND TO ENSURE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY FROM EXPOSURE TO THE ENVIRONMENT. A PLANNED PROGRAM OF MAINTENANCE SHALL BE ESTABLISHED BY THE OWNER. THIS PROGRAM SHALL INCLUDE ITEMS SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PAINTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL, PROTECTIVE COATINGS FOR CONCRETE, SEALANTS, CAULKED JOINTS, EXPANSION JOINTS, CONTROL JOINTS, SPALLS AND CRACKS IN CONCRETE, AND PRESSURE WASHING OF EXPOSED STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS EXPOSED TO SALT ENVIRONMENT OR OTHER HARSH CHEMICALS. 12. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN OF STEEL STAIRS, HANDRAILS, CURTAIN WALLIWINDOW WALL SYSTEMS, COLD -FORMED FRAMING, OR OTHER SYSTEMS NOT SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS. SUCH SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED, FURNISHED, AND INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY OTHER PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 13. IN THE PROFESSIONAL OPINION OF TLC ENGINEERING FOR ARCHITECTURE, INC. THE STRUCTURAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT HAVE BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DESIGN CRITERIA AS SET FORTH IN THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. 14. NO PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE FOR VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL EXPANSION. 15. FINISH FIRST FLOOR ELEVATION OF 0"-0" IS USED AS A REFERENCE ELEVATION. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL ELEVATION. 16. THE USE OF REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND USE OF CAD FILES BY ANY CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, ERECTOR, FABRICATOR OR MATERIAL SUPPLIER IN LIEU OF PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS SIGNIFY HIS ACCEPTANCE OF ALL INFORMATION SHOWN HEREON AS CORRECT, AND OBLIGATES HIMSELF TO ANY JOB EXPENSE, REAL OR IMPLIED, ARISING DUE TO ANY ERRORS THAT MAY OCCUR HEREON. 1060 DESIGN LOADS: 1. THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM FOR THIS BUILDING HAS BEEN DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, 2014 EDITION. 2. THE FOLLOWING SUPERIMPOSED LOADINGS HAVE BEEN UTILIZED: 2.1 DEAD LOADS ROOF 20 PSF CEILING 5 PSF MECHANICAL 5 PSF FINISHES 5 PSF 2.2 LIVE LOADS ROOF FLOOR 20 PSF 100 PSF 2.3 WIND: PER 2014 BUILDING CODE, SECTION 16 and ASCE 7-10 Vult = 146 MPH (3 SEC. GUST) REGION Vasd = 113 MPH RISK CATEGORY IV EXPOSURE = B 1330 SHOP DRAWING REVIEW: 1. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL ADEQUATELY DEPICT THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE REVIEWED FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ONLY. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS TO QUANTITY, LENGTH, ELEVATIONS, DIMENSIONS, ETC. REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS AND OMISSIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PREPARATION OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND MARKED "APPROVED" PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. NON -CONFORMING DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 3. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE ONE GOOD QUALITY REPRODUCIBLE AND THREE SETS OF BLUEPRINTS. ONE SET OF PRINTS WILL BE RETAINED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD, ONE BY THE ARCHITECT, ONE BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT (WHERE REQUIRED) AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PRINTS FROM THE REPRODUCIBLE AS REQUIRED FOR DISTRIBUTION. 4. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WILL GOVERN OVER THE SHOP DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. 5. CHANGES AND ADDITIONS MADE ON RE -SUBMITTALS SHALL BE CLEARLY FLAGGED AND NOTED. THE PURPOSE OF THE RE -SUBMITTALS SHALL BE CLEARLY NOTED ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF RECORD REVIEW WILL BE LIMITED TO THOSE ITEMS CAUSING THE RE -SUBMITTAL. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COSTS CAUSED BY MULTIPLE RE -SUBMITTALS (MORE THAN ONE) AT ARCHITECT/ENGINEERS' CURRENT 3302 CONCRETE: 1. SHALL BE PER AN APPROVED MIX DESIGN PROPORTIONED TO ACHIEVE A STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS AS LISTED BELOW WITH A PLASTIC AND WORKABLE MIX: LOCATION STRENGTH SLUMP MAX AGGREGATE WCM RATIO (MAX) FOUNDATIONS 4000 PSI 4-6" 3/4" 0.48 SLABS ON GRADE 4000 PSI 4-6" 3/4" 0.48 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED AND CURED ACCORDING TO ACI STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3. WHERE SPECIFIED CONCRETE STRENGTH OF COLUMN IS GREATER THAN THE SPECIFIED SLAB CONCRETE STRENGTH, HIGHER STRENGTH CONCRETE SHALL BE PUDDLED AT THE COLUMN. THE STRENGTH OF PUDDLED CONCRETE SHALL BE AT LEAST 0.72 TIMES THE STRENGTH OF COLUMN CONCRETE PER ACI 318, 10.15. 4. SUBMIT PROPOSED MIX DESIGN WITH RECENT FIELD CYLINDER OR LAB TESTS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO USE. MIX SHALL BE UNIQUELY IDENTIFIED BY MIX NUMBER OR OTHER POSITIVE IDENTIFICATION. MIX SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C33 FOR COARSE AGGREGATE. 5. CONCRETE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM STANDARD C94 FOR MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, ETC. CONCRETE TICKETS SHALL BE TIME STAMPED WHEN CONCRETE IS BATCHED. 6. THE MAXIMUM TIME ALLOWED FROM THE TIME THE MIXING WATER IS ADDED UNTIL IT IS DEPOSITED IN ITS FINAL POSITION SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE AND ONE HALF (1-1/2) HOURS. IF FOR ANY REASON THERE IS A LONGER DELAY THAN THAT STATED ABOVE, THE CONCRETE SHALL BE DISCARDED. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TESTING LAB TO NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE CONTRACTOR OF ANY NONCOMPLIANCE WITH THE ABOVE. 7. SLABS SHALL BE CURED USING A DISSIPATING CURING COMPOUND MEETING ASTM STANDARD C309 TYPE 1-CLASS D AND SHALL HAVE A FUGITIVE DYE. THE COMPOUND SHALL BE PLACED AS SOON AS THE FINISHING IS COMPLETED OR AS SOON AS THE WATER HAS LEFT THE UNFINISHED CONCRETE. SCUFFED OR BROKEN AREAS IN THE CURING MEMBRANE SHALL BE RECOATED DAILY. 8. CALCIUM CHLORIDES SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED; OTHER ADMIXTURES MAY BE USED ONLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. 9. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS SHALL INCLUDE A WRITTEN DESCRIPTION INDICATING WHERE EACH PARTICULAR MIX IS TO BE PLACED WITHIN THE STRUCTURE. 10. PEA ROCK PUMP MIX USE IS LIMITED TO VERTICAL ELEMENT POURS AND BEAM POURS LESS THAN 60 LINEAR FEET PER POUR. 11. CONCRETE DESIGN MIX SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE TESTED, STATISTICAL BACK-UP DATA AS PER CHAPTER 5 OF ACI 318. 12. WATER/CEMENT RATIO FOR CONCRETE AT EXTERIOR BALCONIES SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.40 BY WEIGHT. 13. WHEN WATER -BASED ADHESIVE ARE BEING USED ON CONCRETE SURFACES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE WATER CONTENT OF THE CONCRETE IS WITHIN THE ALLOWABLE RANGE BEFORE INSTALLATION 5120 STRUCTURAL STEEL: 1. STEEL WORK SHALL BE NEW AND CONFORM TO THE AISC SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS. - ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN AND LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN. 2. MATERIAL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING, EXCEPT AS NOTED: WIDE FLANGE SHAPES ASTM A992 (Fy=50 KSI) ANGLES, CHANNELS AND PLATES ASTM A36 (Fy=36 KSI) RECTANGULAR HSS ASTM A500, GRADE B (Fy=46 KSI) HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS ASTM A325 THREADED RODS ASTM A36 (Fy=36 KSI) HEAVY HEX NUTS ASTM A563 HARDENED STEEL WASHERS ASTM F436 DIRECT TENSION INDICATORS ASTM F959, TYPE 325 ANCHOR RODS ASTM F1554 GR. 36 (Fy=36 KSI) HEADED STUD ANCHORS ASTM A108 (Fy=50 KSI) TWIST -OFF TENSION CONTROL BOLTS ASTM F1852 3. CONNECTIONS: A. BOLTS SHALL BE HIGH -STRENGTH, BEARING TYPE. TIGHTEN BY AN AISC APPROVED METHOD. B. WELDING ELECTRODES SHALL BE PER AWS D1.1. RETURN FILLET WELDS FOR FRAMED CONNECTIONS 1/2" AT EACH END. C. FIELD CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH 3/4" BOLTS, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE. D. DESIGN BEAM CONNECTIONS TO DEVELOP THE REACTIONS SHOWN. IF NOT SHOWN, DESIGN CONNECTIONS TO DEVELOP THE REACTIONS DUE TO THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOAD FOR THE BEAM SIZE AND SPAN SHOWN, ASSUMING FULL LATERAL SUPPORT PER AISC BEAM (ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOAD) TABLE VALUE FOR THE CORRESPONDING SPAN, U.N.O. E. DESIGN DIAGONAL BRACING CONNECTIONS TO DEVELOP THE REACTIONS SHOWN. IF REACTIONS ARE NOT SHOWN, DESIGN CONNECTIONS TO DEVELOP FULL TENSION CAPACITY OF THE DIAGONAL BRACING MEMBER. F. CALCULATIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY AN ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT RESIDES. 4. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR CONDITIONS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM A123 AND ALL FASTENERS AND HARDWARE SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM A153. 5. GROUT UNDER BEARING. PLATES SHALL BE NON-METALLIC, NON -SHRINK TYPE WITH A COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF AT LEAST 5,000 PSI IN 28 DAYS. 6. COMPOSITE FLOOR MEMBERS ARE DESIGNED TO BE UNSHORED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE WEIGHT OF THE WET CONCRETE WILL RESULT IN DEFLECTIONS OF THE SUPPORTING STEEL DECK, BEAMS, AND GIRDERS. ALL OVERRUNS OF CONCRETE QUANTITIES ARE TO BE ANTICIPATED AND INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EMBEDDED ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND MECHANICAL ELEMENTS. CONCRETE FLOORS UTILIZING UNSHORED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SCREEDED LEVEL. 7. SIZE AND SPACING OF CONDUITS IN COMPOSITE SLABS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASCE 3-91 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 8. LENGTH OF SHEAR STUD CONNECTIONS IN COMPOSITE SLABS SHALL EQUAL THE DEPTH OF THE COMPOSITE DECK PLUS 1-1/2" (U.N.O.). 9. IT IS THE INTENTION OF THESE DESIGN DOCUMENTS TO DELEGATE THE DESIGN OF ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTIONS TO A QUALIFIED SPECIALTY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA. THIS REQUIREMENT EXTENDS TO ALL CONNECTIONS, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THOSE SPECIFICALLY FULLY DESIGNED IN THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT PROSPECTIVE STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATORS WILL PERFORM NECESSARY INVESTIGATION TO DETERMINE THE FULL IMPACT OF CONNECTION CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS, AS WELL AS THE POTENTIAL NECESSARY INTRODUCTION OF DOUBLER PLATES, CONTINUITY PLATES, AND/OR WEB FLANGE OR OTHER STIFFENERS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING ANY BID FOR THIS WORK. 10. PROVIDE SIGNED AND SEALED CALCULATIONS FOR ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTION DESIGN PREPARED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA. CALCULATIONS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH CORRESPONDING SUBMITTAL. 11. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS IN BEARING CONDITION SUPPORTING SIMPLE SPAN BEAMS NOT SUBJECT TO AXIAL LOADS MAY BE INSTALLED TO "SNUG TIGHT" CONDITION IF NORMAL, SHORT SLOTTED OR OVERSIZED HOLES ARE USED. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD WILL BE THE ULTIMATE AUTHORITY IN THE USE OF "SNUG TIGHT" BOLTS. 12. APPLY FIREPROOFING TO STEEL STRUCTURE CALCULATING THE THICKNESS OF FIREPROOFING BY COMPARING THE ACTUAL MEMBER SIZE TO THE MEMBER SIZE USED IN THE DESIGNATED UL RATING AND ADJUSTING APPROPRIATELY. STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS ABBREV ABBREVIATION ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ADD ADDITIVE ADDL ADDITIONAL AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ALT ALTERNATE/ALTERNATIVE ALUM ALUMINUM ARCH ARCHITECTURE/ARCHITECTURAL ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY B/ BOTTOM OF BCX BOTTOM CHORD EXTENSION BLDG BUILDING BLK BLOCK BM BEAM BOT BOTTOM BP BASE PLATE/BEARING PLATE BRG BEARING BTWN BETWEEN C CHANNEL CB CONCRETE BEAM CC CONCRETE COLUMN CF CUBIC FEET (FOOT) CIP CAST IN PLACE CJ CONTRACTION JOINT CL CENTERLINE CLR CLEAR/CLEARANCE CM CONCRETE MASONRY CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CO COMPANY COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CONT CONTINUOUS CONN CONNECTION CONST CONSTRUCTION COORD COORDINATE CSJ CONSTRUCTION JOINT CTR CENTER CTRD CENTERED CY CUBIC YARD DEPT DEPARTMENT DET DETAIL DIA DIAMETER DIAG DIAGONAL DIM DIMENSION DIST DISTANCE DL DEAD LOAD DN DOWN DWG DRAWING EA EACH EE EACH END EF EACH FACE EHPA EMERGENCY HURRICANE PROTECTION AREA EJ EXPANSION JOINT ELEC ELECTRIC/ELECTRICAL EL, ELEV ELEVATION ENGR ENGINEER EOD EDGE OF DECK FOR ENGINEER OF RECORD EQ SP EQUAL SPACED ES EACH SIDE EW EACH WAY EXIST EXISTING EXP EXPANSION EXT EXTERIOR F FOUNDATION FD FLOOR DRAIN FDN FOUNDATION FF FINISHED FLOOR FIN FINISH FIN GR FINISH GRADE FLR FLOOR FS FAR SIDE FT FEET/FOOT FTG FOOTING GA GAGE/GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED GB GRADE BEAM GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GEN GENERAL GL GRID LINE GS GALVANIZED STEEL HD HOT DIPPED HDG HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED HORIZ HORIZONTAL HSA HEADED STUD ANCHOR HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION HT HEIGHT I MOMENT OF INERTIA ID INSIDE DIAMETER I.F. INSIDE FACE IN. INCH INT INTERIOR JST JOIST JT JOINT K KIP (1000 LB) KLF KIPS PER LINEAL FOOT KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH KWY KEYWAY LB POUND LGTH LENGTH LL LIVE LOAD LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LONG. LONGITUDINAL LSL LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER LT WT LIGHT WEIGHT LVL LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER MATL MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM MB MASONRY BEAM MC MISCELLANEOUS CHANNEUMASONRY COLUMN MECH MECHANICAL MET METAL MFR MANUFACTURE/MANUFACTURER MID MIDDLE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO MASONRY OPENING MPH MILES PER HOUR NGVD NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL DATUM NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO. NUMBER NS NEAR SIDE NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTERS OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER O.F. OUTSIDE FACE OPNG OPENING OPP OPPOSITE OSB ORIENTED STRAND BOARD P/C PRECAST CONCRETE/PILE CAP P/T POST TENSIONED PAR PARALLEL PCB PRECAST CONCRETE BEAM PCC PRECAST CONCRETE COLUMN PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FEET PEMB PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING PEN PENETRATION P.J. PANEL JOINT CENTERLINE PL PLATE PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT PLMG PLUMBING PLY. PLYWOOD PREFAB PREFABRICATED PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PSL PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER PT PRESSURE TREATED R/W REINFORCED WITH RD ROOF DRAIN REF REFERENCE REINF REINFORCING REQD REQUIRED REV REVISION RTU ROOF TOP UNIT SB SOFFIT BEAM SCHED SCHEDULE S.F. SQUARE FEET SF STRIP FOUNDATION SIM SIMILAR SPC SPACE/SPACES SPECS SPECIFICATIONS SQ SQUARE SS STAINLESS STEEL STD STANDARD STIFF STIFFENER STL STEEL STRUCT STRUCTURAL SYM SYMMETRICAL T/ TOP OF TB TIE BEAM T&B TOP AND BOTTOM TCX TOP CHORD EXTENSION TDS TURN DOWN SLAB TE THICKENED EDGE TEMP TEMPERATURE TENS TENSION THD THREAD/THREADED THK THICK TOL TOLERANCE TRANS TRANSVERSE TS TUBE STEEL T.S. THICKENED SLAB TWF THICKENED WALL FOUNDATION TYP TYPICAL UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT VERTICAL VOL VOLUME W WIDE FLANGE SECTION W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WD WOOD WF WALL FOOTING WP WATERPROOF W.P. WORKING POINT WS WELDED STUD WT WEIGHT/STRUCTURAL TEE SECTION WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC AT DESIGNATION # POUNDS / REBAR SIZE NUMBER +/- PLUS OR MINUS L ANGLE C.L. CENTER LINE & AND Sx SECTION MODULUS Ix MOMENT OF INERTIA ENGINEERING FOR ARCHITECTURE 500 N. Westshore Blvd., Ste. 435 Tampa, Florida 33609 PH: 813.281.8435 Fax: 813.637.0013 www.tic-engineers.com COA 15 © Copyright 2013 TLC Engineering for Architecture, Inc. �t L LO co cM LL ce NCL 4) ICUICUN .Q ^Q, �nW// m 0 L.L cc CU O OI,,- L _0 LL Revisions: No. Date Description Seal David Fusco, P.E. Florida License #74504 \�\\11111111/// � F U C \� �D S �P' E O *, .7450 STAT OF i FCOR\OP• G� ` Project No.: 715128 Issue Date: 12/10/2015 Drawn By: RSZ Approved By: DAF Scale: 3/32" = V-0" Drawing Title: STRUCTURAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS Drawing No.: S 1.0 THIS DRAWING IS BEING RELEASED FOR PERMIT 01 Cl) X 00 0 NEW ARMOR SCREEN SERIES 63 (FL8363) SCREEN WALL. N o Q tY -o - -O Q of w H O Z J — F- (n O CV ih 11 N i EXISTING SCREEN WALL U co X 00 8) ROOF FRAMING PLAN - 1 /4" = 1'-011 - -- 9'-4" 9'-8" 9'-73/4" 9'-73/4" W 16X31 W 12X14 W16X26 NEW HSS COL -- NEW HSS COL NEW HSS COL L -- NEW HSS CO W 18X35 W 18X35 W 18X35 EXISTING (TYP U.O.N.) 3"X4"X1/4" PLATE -T (TYP.) M co X 00 i 1\ W 18X35 W 18X35 W 18X35 NEW CHILLERLL] - 3/16 0 cD X X �X X N o J = 04 U i 2 --- - ---- - ROOF /TYP 10'-0" W 12X14 W 12X14 ... _........ .... - W 12X14 ........_...................................... ........ .. _.... ....... . - NEW ARMOR SCREEN SERIES 63 (FL8363) SCREEN WALL. W 12X14 W 12X14 W 12X14 W 18X35 N N x i HSS COL TO\ — - -I D HSS BEAM CONN I I f i HSS4X4 BETW EE COLUMP HSS4X4X1/ BETWEEN COLUMNS TYP = - act ru�iv 5 SECTION @ TUBE COLUMN AND KICKER 3/4" = 1'-0" ENGINEERING FOR ARCHITECTURE 500 N. Westshore Blvd., Ste. 435 Tampa, Florida 33609 PH: 813.281.8435 Fax: 813.637.0013 www.tic-engineers.com COA 15 © Copyright 2013 TLC Engineering for Architecture, Inc. 73 U L LO co CC) ILL EL N U � (� (� N Q- �Q— M> O O O� _0 LL Revisions: No. Date Description Seal David Fusco, P.E. Florida License #74504 �. E 745 /= STATE OF /ONAL Project No.: 715128 Issue Date: 12/10/2015 Drawn By: RSZ Approved By: DAF Scale: As indicated Drawing Title: STRUCTURAL ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS Drawing No.: S2.0 n SECTION @ CHILLER SUPPORT STRUCTURE 3/4" = 1'-0" �JU F'AK I IAL 15UMt I KIU THIS DRAWING IS BEING RELEASED FOR PERMIT STAGING AND RIGGING OF EQUIPMENT NOT BY TLC. G( USE MEANS AND METHODS CONSTRUCTION TO SAFELY INSTALL EQUIPMENT. FINISHED FIRST FLOOR 1 /4" = 1'-0" REPLACEMENT NOT BY TLC FILL FLOOR AS REQUIRED. SEE SECTION 2/2.1 FOR MINIMUM FILL LENGTH REQUIREMENTS. E FILL NEW CONCRETE EXISTING FLOOR STEP #5 BARS AT 12" O.C. CONTINUOUS BARS (MIN. OF 2 BARS) o as I.. 9" MIN. 9" MIN. 1" CLR. ACCESS FLOOR FILL DETAIL 3/4" = 1'-0" SHEET NOTES 1. FOR GENERAL NOTE AND ABBREVIATIONS SEE SHEET S1.0. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DRILL A PILOT HOLE IN THE EXISTING CONCRETE TO ENSURE THAT THE CONCRETE HAS A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 8". CARE SHALL BE TAKEN NOT TO DAMAGE THE STEEL REINFORCEMENT IN THE CONCRETE. 3. BASE PLATE AND BASE PLATE ANCHORAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURE. A MINIMUM COVERAGE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF SLAB AND BOTTOM OF POST INSTALLED ANCHOR SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. SURFACE OF EXISTING CONCRETE SHALL BE ROUGHENED, THEN CLEAN OF ALL DEBRIS. THE ROUGHENED SURFACE SHALL THEN BE TREATED WITH SIKADUR 32 HI -MOD EPDXY ADHESIVE (OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTIONS. �— GREASE THIS END OF DOWEL #5 BARS AT 12" O.C. ALLOW A MIN. OF 1/2" EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR ENGINEERING FOR ARCHITECTURE 500 N. Westshore Blvd., Ste. 435 Tampa, Florida 33609 PH: 813.281.8435 Fax: 813.637.0013 www.tic-engineers.com COA 15 © Copyright 2013 TLC Engineering for Architecture, Inc. c m U V! � LO M CL W W E L L N s _ v CL ca M N f+ CL 1) m 0 (a = O L _0 U. Revisions: No. Date Description Seal David Fusco, P.E. Florida License #74504 Project No.: 715128 Issue Date: 12/10/2015 Drawn By: RSZ Approved By: DAF Scale: As indicated Drawing Title: STRUCTURAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN AND DETAILS Drawing No.: S2.1 THIS DRAWING IS BEING RELEASED FOR PERMIT N 0 0 I I I 0 CV Go CV O M o N 00 00 JI I(lLL 1\LIVIlIIIV a � � � '� �2 3, PLUMBING 1st FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION � ABBREVIATIONS AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR CID CHROME PLATED CLG CEILING CW COLD WATER DN DOWN FL FLOOR HW HOT WATER TYP TYPICAL UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VENT VIF VERIFY IN FIELD W WASTE PIPING EXISTING PIPING SHALL REMAIN (VIF) EXISTING PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED NEW COLD WATER PIPING NEW HOT WATER PIPING NEW WASTE PIPING NEW CONNECTION PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK ITEM COLD WATER HOT WATER WASTE VENT LAVATORY: AMERICAN STANDARD #0355.012 LUCERNE WALL MOUNTED 20-1/2" X 18-1/4" VITREOUS CHINA, THREE HOLES, 4" CENTERS, FRONT OVERFLOW, FOR CONCEALED ARMS FAUCET: T & S B-0892 CP RIGID GOOSENECK WITH 4" WRIST BLADE HANDLES AND LAMINAR FLOW DEVICE LAY DRAIN: BRASSCRAFT 1-1 4" X 1 1 4" CHROME PLATED GRID DRAIN WITH 17 GAUGE TAILPIECE TRAP: BRASSCRAFT 1-1 4" X 1 2" CHROME PLATED 17 GAUGE P TRAP WITH CLEANOUT 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" EXISTING SUPPLIES: BRASSCRAFT 1/2" X 31 8" X 12" CHROME PLATED FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES WITH LEAD FREE LOOSE KEY STOPS CARRIER: ZURN WALL CARRIER FOR CONCEALED ARMS INSULATE WASTE AND WATER SUPPLIES BELOW LAVATORY WITH TRUEBRO PIPE INSULATION COLOR/ FINISH BY ARCHITECT I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I Ld EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING VERTICAL HOT AND WATER COLD WATER SUPPLIES IO REMAIN I MT NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE WITH CONCEALED WALL CARRIER NEW 1-1/4" X 1-1/2" CHROME LATED TAILPIECE NEW 3/8" CHROME PLATED HOT AND COLD CHROME PLATED FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES NEW 3/8" X 1/2" CHROME PLATED LEAD FREE LOOSE KEY STOPS NEW 1-1/4" X 1-1/2" CHROME PLATED P TRAP WITH CLEANOUT NEW CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEONS EXISTING FLOOR DIAGRAMMATIC NEW PIPING FIXTURE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE DRAWING INDEX PLUMBING P1.0 PLUMBING LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND DETAILS PLY I FLOOR PLAN P2.0 PLUMBING MOBILE MR PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DESIGNED, INSTALLED, TESTED, AND CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2014 EDITION OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND THE 2014 FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS DETAILED ON THESE DRAWINGS. WORK CONSISTS OF FURNISHING ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND SERVICES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEMS. INCLUDE ANY INCIDENTAL APPARATUS, APPLIANCES, MATERIAL LABOR AND SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAKE NEW WORK COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS AND FULLY READY FOR OPERATION. 3. VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING WASTE AND WATER SUPPLY FROM THE ACTUAL JOB SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. SUBMISSION OF YOUR PROPOSAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS INDICATING SUCH KNOWLEDGE. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE ON CLAIMS THAT ARISE FROM THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. 4. MAKE SUCH OFFSETS AND DEVIATIONS FROM WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO FIT THE ACTUAL SPACE CONDITIONS. 5. WHERE VALVES OCCUR ABOVE DRYWALL OR PLASTER OR ARE CONCEALED BEHIND WALLS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS. COORDINATE COLOR AND STYLE WITH ENGINEER/ARCHITECT. 6. INSTALLER SHALL NOT CUT ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT FIRST SECURING WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. 7. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR PIPING METALS. 8. PROVIDE LAVATORY WITH TRAP FITTINGS FOR CLEANOUT. 9. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ALSO CHECKING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND REPORT ANY PROBLEMS/CONFLICTS TO THE ENGINEER WITHIN 2 DAYS OF DISCOVERY. ANY CHANGES RESULTING FROM CONDITIONS ARISING IN THE FIELD WHICH WERE NOT BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION ARE TO BE MADE BY THIS CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 10. ALL WORK IS TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE(1) YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. ALL DEFECTS WHICH DEVELOP OR ARE DISCOVERED WITHIN THIS PERIOD SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 11. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL TOOLS, APPLIANCES, SURPLUS MATERIALS, AND SCRAP. ALL IDENTIFIED EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES IN ORDER TO AVOID CONFLICTS. �s KPI , GINEERING, INC. 's- 4C * 0 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS -0 3203 QUEEN PALM DRIVE o'A ` TAMPA, FLORIDA 33619 // O.�` ��`'_`_-f/ J �� PHONE (813) 241-6488 /\ Board of 49 P.tii - 13 6u. J 2M Project No. 15017,00 P160 ©2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ N 0 I � E 0 a 0 00 .41 C 00 tte Am Tr& d.r+tra &r i & PLUMBING NOTES Ot CONTRACTOR PROVIDE TWO (2) 1/2"0 HEATED, POTABLE WATER HOSE (CAMCO 22902 OR EQUAL) FROM HOSE BIBB AT UTILITY CONNECTION POINT SHOWN TO MOBILE MRI HOT AND COLD WATER HOOK-UP. INSULATE HOSE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTION. ROUTE HOSE INSIDE HOSE RAMP( RUBBERFORM RF-PR1 F OR EQUAL) OR 1" PVC PIPE TO PROTECT HOSE FROM DAMAGE. O2 CONTRACTOR PROVIDE NEW, 2"0 FLEXIBLE, WASTE HOSE FROM MOBILE MRI SINK EXTERIOR DRAIN CONNECTION TO PORTABLE SEWAGE COLLECTION TANK. O3 CONTRACTOR PROVIDE 250 GALLON POLYETHYLENE, JOB SHACK STYLE, SEWAGE TANK BENEATH MOBILE MRI FOR SINK DRAINING COLLECTION. ENSURE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TO INCLUDE DAILY MONITORING AND TANK EMPTYING. ® PROVIDE SCHEDULED HAND WASH SINK IN MOBILE MRI OPERATOR ROOM. LOCATE ON FRONT EQUIPMENT ROOM WALL IN APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN. PROVIDE SCHEDULED FIXTURE EQUIPMENT WITH CPVC WATER SUPPLY PIPING DOWN INTO AREA FORWARD OF THE GENERATOR FUEL TANK FOR CONNECTION TO POTABLE WATER HOSES. PROVIDE ADAPTORS FROM CPVC TO GARDEN HOSE CONNECTOR AND MOUNT ADAPTORS TO TRAILER FOR SECURE POINT OF CONNECTION TO POTABLE WATER HOSES. CONNECT 1-1/2' PVC WASTE DRAIN FROM HAND SINK OUT BOTTOM OF TRAILER AND PROVIDE NIPPLE TO ATTACH WASTE HOSE PER NOTE #2. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE (MOBILE MRI) MARK ITEM COLD WATER HOT WATER AND OR VENT HAND SINK: ELKAY CHS1716C INCLUDES LK940GN04L2H FAUCET, LK500 P-TRAP, LK8 DRAIN. HS SUPPLIES: 4" WRIST BLADE HANDLES, BRASSCRAFT 1 /2" X 3/8" X 120 CHROME PLATED FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES WITH 1 /2" 1 /2" 2" 2" INLINE 1/4 TURN STOPS, INSULATE WASTE AND WATER SUPPLIES BELOW SINK WITH TRUEBRO LAV GUARD PIPE INSULATION VB VACUUM BREAKER WOODFORD MODEL 34HW (CH) 3/4" CHROME PLATED 3/4" - - - I Z) PLUMBING MOBILE MRI C0NNECTrwCmACD SCALE. 1/8"-1'-0" - PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS 3203 QUEEN PALM DRIVE TAMPA+ FLORIDA 33619 PHONE (813) 241-6488 �FAX 3 241_6498+ mm 11 ?r0ject No. 15017.00 P2. • 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. f U 1 L.p .p I I IYI L f f l I LL I'1.p N 8 Is 0 N N Go DUCTWORK ® UP _X DN SUPPLY DUCT (UP & DOWN) ® UP DN EXHAUST DUCT (UP & DOWN) UP L�y DN RETURN AIR DUCT (UP & DOWN) Y CEILING DIFFUSERS/GRILLES (DOUBLE LINE) +> SIDE WALL REGISTER OR GRILLE (DOUBLE LINE) 1Ox8 NEW DUCT - WIDTH x DEPTH (DOUBLE LINE) 1ox8 NEW DUCT - WIDTH x DEPTH (SINGLE LINE) EXISTING DUCT TO REMAIN (DOUBLE LINE) t- - - - - - - - - - q EXISTING DUCT TO REMAIN (SINGLE LINE) m7=j�M EXISTING DUCT TO BE REMOVED (DOUBLE LINE) EXISTING DUCT TO BE REMOVED (SINGLE LINE) FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK (INSULATED) DUCT TRANSITION - CONCENTRIC (DOUBLE LINE) DUCT TRANSITION - ECCENTRIC (DOUBLE LINE) DUCT TRANSITION - RECT. TO RND (DOUBLE LINE) MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER (DOUBLE LINE) I MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER (SINGLE LINE) BACK DRAFT DAMPER R INCLINED RISE, IN DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW (DOUBLE LINE) INCLINED DROP, IN DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW (DOUBLE LINE) 11J.D III _ D _ FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (DOUBLE LINE) DUCT MOUNTED COIL/HEATER (DOUBLE LINE) VANED ELBOW (PROVIDE ALL SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES EVEN IF SYMBOL IS MISSING) VANED RADIUS ELBOW (PROVIDE ALL SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES EVEN IF SYMBOL IS MISSING) ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCT r VANE TURN ELBOW & AIR SPLIT TYPE DUCT TAKE -OFF (DOUBLE LINE) AIR FLOW CFM 10 q AIR DEVICE TYPE (EX = Existing) 6" AIR DEVICE NECK SIZE TO THERMOSTAT / TEMPERATURE SENSOR 0 HUMIDISTAT / HUMIDITY SENSOR A AIR DEVICE TYPE (EX = Existing) 18> ----DOOR GRILLE (18" x12" U.O.N.) AIR DEVICE SIZE -LH DOOR UNDERCUT (1" U.O.N.) TO EXHAUST FAN AIR DEVICES B 2-WAY AIR FLOW ® 4-WAY AIR FLOW e 1-WAY AIR FLOW ® 3-WAY AIR FLOW FLEX DUCT 0 - 100 CFM = 6"0 101 - 160 CFM = 7"0 161 - 200 CFM = 8"0 201 - 325 CFM = 10"0 326 - 400 CFM = 12"0 401 - 640 CFM = 14"0 641 - 700 CFM = 16"0 DRAWING SYMBOLS 1 SECTION NUMBER 2 3 DRAWING NUMBER WHERE DRAWN DRAWING NUMBER WHERE CUT `0 POINT OF DEMOLITION POINT OF NEW CONNECTION ll(>__► POINT OF INTERFACE BETWEEN CONTRACTORS ® KEYED NOTES MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 1. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE CLEAR INSIDE AIR PASSAGE DIMENSIONS. 2. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE 8'-0'. 3. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL REQUIRED TO SUSPEND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. 5. MOUNT ALL SPACE THERMOSTATS AND/OR SENSORS 4 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 7. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, INSTALL ALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, TIGHT TO THE BOTTOM OF THE STRUCTURE. COORDINATE ELEVATION AND LOCATION WITH RAIN LEADERS, WATER PIPING, PLUMBING VENTS, AND MAJOR ELECTRICAL CONDUITS OR CABLE TRAY. 8. ALL WORK IS TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. ALL DEFECTS WHICH DEVELOP OR ARE DISCOVERED WITHIN THIS PERIOD SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES IN ORDER TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 10. SUPPORT DUCTS PER SMACNA. _ nr r n dvn. Q 12. ROUTE ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, ACCESSORIES AS NECESSARY TO AVOID BUILDING STRUCTURE, COMPONENTS AND 1 LIGHTING. COORDINATE ANY TRANSITIONS MADE TO DUCTWORK WITH MAXIMUM FAN PRESSURE DROP REQUIREMENTS FROM MANUFACTURER. ROUTE/SIZE ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 13. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION. 14. ALL FINISHED WORK SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTS WITH EXISTING SURFACES MAINTAINED IN THE SAME CONDITION AS ORIGINAL. 15. ALL DEBRIS SHALL BE PROPERLY DISPOSED OF OFF SITE. 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING FIRE RATING AND WEATHERPROOFING INTEGRITY OF ALL PIPING AND DUCT PENETRATIONS. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL NECESSARY SUPPORTING DEVICES FOR ALL ACCESSORIES INCLUDED IN CONTRACT OR HEREIN SPECIFIED OR OTHERWISE. 18. THE WORK INDICATED ON THESE DRAWINGS IS GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND IS INTENDED TO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF WORK AND INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT, ETC. 19. THE ENGINEER HAS MADE AN EXTENSIVE EFFORT TO IDENTIFY ABOVE CEILING CONFLICTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO CHECK FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND REPORT ANY PROBLEMS/CONFLICTS TO THE ENGINEER WITHIN 2 DAYS OF DISCOVERY. ANY CHANGES RESULTING FROM CONDITIONS ARISING IN THE FIELD WHICH WERE NOT BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION ARE TO BE MADE BY THIS CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 20. ALL ROOF ATTACHED EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES INCLUDED IN THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT ARE REQUIRED TO BE SECURED TO THE UNDERLYING BUILDING STRUCTURE. THE FASTENING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO RESIST THE WIND PRESSURES ON THE EQUIPMENT AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT BUILDING CODE. 21. WAC WORK CONSISTS OF PROVIDING AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS FOR A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES IN SPECIFICATIONS. IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION TO CALL FOR COMPLETE, FINISHED WORK, TESTED, AND READY FOR OPERATION. ABBREVIA11ONS AC AIR CONDITIONING EQUIP EQUIPMENT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT AD ACCESS DOOR EXIST EXISTING NO NORMALLY OPEN AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE PD PRESSURE DROP AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT FCU FAN COIL UNIT PRESS PRESSURE AP ACCESS PANEL FD FLOOR DRAIN RA RETURN AIR BF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR FL FLOOR BHP BRAKE HORSE POWER FM FACTORY MUTUAL RG REFRIGERANT BOT BOTTOM FPI FINS PER INCH RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT FPF FINS PER FOOT RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RTU ROOF TOP UNIT PER HOUR FPM FEET PER MINUTE SD SMOKE DETECTOR CC COOLING COIL GSD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER CD CONDENSATE DRAIN NATURAL GAS SA SUPPLY AIR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE GPH GALLONS PER HOUR SP STATIC PRESSURE CLG CEILING GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE STRICT STRUCTURAL CU CONDENSING UNIT H HUMIDITY SYS SYSTEM DB DRY BULB HC HEATING COIL T TEMPERATURE DG DOOR GRILLE HP HORSE POWER TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE DP DEW POINT HVU HEATING AND VENTILATING UNIT TYP TYPICAL DX DIRECT EXPANSION KW KILOWATT UC UNDERCUT EA EXHAUST AIR LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE UG UNDERGROUND EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY EDH ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO MAX MAXIMUM W UNIT VENTILATOR VD VOLUME DAMPER EF EXHAUST FAN MIN MINIMUM WB WET BULB EL ELEVATION NC NORMALLY CLOSED PIPING z-���f��/ff�f/f ,t PIPING TO BE REMOVED • rI VALVE IN RISER z-----------z EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN 2 DIRECTION OF FLOW REFRIGERANT PIPING REDUCER OR INCREASER 2 - z DOMESTIC WATER 9 ECCENTRIC REDUCER GATE VALVE r TOP CONNECTION, 45 OR 90 DEG. GLOBE VALVE x ' BOTTOM CONNECTION, 45 OR 90 DEG. CHECK VALVE r , z SIDE CONNEC1ON --i¢F-z BALL VALVE CAPPED OUTLET r---���-� BUTTERFLY VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE DROP IN PIPING SAFETY OR PRESSURE 2 0 2 RISE IN PIPING RELIEF VALVE NOTE: M EBE ARE STANDARD SYMBOLS AND CEIER& NOTES AND MAY NOT ALL APPEAR ON TFE PROJECT MAMM HOWEVER ""' TFE SYMML APPEARS ON TM PROJECT MAWIM Tm REM SHALL BE PROMM AND IhWMI ED. SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 BASIC MATERIAL AND METHODS 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A FULLY FUNCTIONING AND COMPLETE SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS AND AEQUIPMENT. FINAL LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FIELD DETERMINED. ALL DISCREPANCIES ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND WARRANTY A. ALL DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OUTLINED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS APPLY TO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. ADDITIONALLY, WORK SHIM COMPLY WITH THE 2014 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HIVING JURISDICTION, NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ADDITIONS, ALTERATION, REFURBISHING, RENOVATIONS TO AN RECONSTRUCTION OF EXISTING HOSPITALS Stall BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS: B. 2014 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE C. WAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD/SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (ANSI/SMACNA 006-2006) D. 2014 FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE E. HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS IN CHAPTER 553, PART V, F.S.; F. FEDERAL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACE; THE FOLLOWING NATIONAL ARE CODES OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 1. CHAPTER 30, FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS CODE (2015 EDITION); 2. CHAPTER 37, INSTALLATION AND USE OF STATIONARY COMBUSTION ENGINES AND GAS TURBINES (2015 EDITION); 3. CHAPTER 50, BULK OXYGEN SYSTEMS AT CONSUMER SITES (2001 EDITION); 4. CHAPTER 70B, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE (2013 EDITION); 5. CHAPTER 70E, ELECTRICAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR EMPLOYEE WORKPLACES (2015 EDITION); 6. CHAPTER 77, STATIC ELECTRICITY (2014 EDITION); � 7. CHAPTER 99B, HYPOBARIC FACILITIES (2015 EDITION); 8. CHAPTER 110, STANDARD FOR EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS (2016 EDITION); 9. CHAPTER 170, STANDARD FOR FIRE SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SYMBOLS (2015 EDITION); 10. CHAPTER 262, STANDARD METHOD OF TEST FLAME TRAVEL AND SMOKE OF WIRES AND CABLES FOR USE IN AIR HANDLING SPACES (2015 EDITION); 11. CHAPTER 498, RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION 0 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS, GASES, OR VAPORS AND OF (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS IN CHEMICAL PROCESS AREAS (2012 EDITION); 12. CHAPTER 600, STANDARD ON INDUSTRIAL FIRE BRIGADES (2015 EDITION); 13. CHAPTER 780, STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS (2014 EDITION); 14. CHAPTER 801, STANDARD FOR FIRE PROTECTION FOR FACILITIES HANDLING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (2014 EDITION); 15. CHAPTER 850, RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR FIRE PROTECTION FOR ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS AND HIGH VOLTAGE DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER STATIONS (2015 EDITION); G. FIRE, SMOKE, AND RADIATION DAMPER INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR WAC SYSTEMS (1986), SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC. (SMACNA); < H. LOCAL CODES WHICH SET MORE STRINGENT STANDARDS OR ADD ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE > OVER THESE STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION. CONTACT THE OFFICE OF PLANS AND CONSTRUCTION WHEN CONFLICTS OCCUR. I. ALL EQUIPMENT SHIM CARRY THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES (UL) OR ELECTRIC TESTING LABS (EL)SEAL WHERE APPLICABLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A ONE-YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY ON ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED ON THIS PROJECT. WARRANTY SHALL START ON THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PURCHASE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY FOR ALL REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT. 1.3 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, P CIS, WHERE NO SPECIFIC WEIGHTS OR GRADES ARE SPECIFIED PROVIDE MATERIALS OF AN ACCEPTED STANDARD WEIG D GRADE ACCORDING TO CODE AND GOVERNING STANDARDS BY ASHRAE, SMACNA, NFPA AND UL INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK AND CONTROLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODES, GOVERNING STANDARDS, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FIRE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF INSTALLED MATERIALS SHALL BE RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING SHALL BE 50. SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED OR OWNER APPROVED EQUAL IN QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE. 1.4 COORDINATION COORDINATE ALL WORK FOR PROPER LOCATION, POWER, AND UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. SCHEDULE INSTALLATIONS TO AVOID CONFLICT AMONG TRADES. ADDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT FOR COORDINATION AMONG TRADES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 1.5 PENETRATIONS. CUTTING AND PATCHING SEAL ALL PIPING AND DUCT PENETRATIONS OF WALLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FLASH ALL ROOF AND WALL PENETRATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS AT ALL RATED PENETRATIONS. 1.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PROVIDE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ALL PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA, MSS, ASME AND ASHRAE STANDARDS. SUPPORT ALL ITEMS FROM INTEGRAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. DO NOT HANG ITEMS FROM ROOF DECKING. 2.0 CONDENSATE PIPING CONDENSATE PIPES SHALL BE SCH-40 PVC WITH SOLVENT WELDS, SUPPORTED TO BUILDING. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMPS IF REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A PITCH OF 1/8" PER FOOT. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" COPPER PIPE. PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 3/4" THICK ARMAFLEX INSULATION SUITABLE FOR RETURN AIR PLENUMS. ALL ROOF PIPING SHALL BE SECURED TO THE DECK AND DRAIN PIPING CONNECTED INTO A ROOF DRAIN OR GUTTER. PROVIDE P-TRAPS AT UNIT. 3.0 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. SHEET METAL, GENERAL PROVIDE SHEET METAL IN THICKNESSES INDICATED, PACKAGED AND MARKED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM A 700. B. GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL: LOCK -FORMING QUALITY, ASTM A 527, COATING DESIGNATION G 90. PROVIDE MILL PHOSPHATIZED FINISH FOR EXPOSED SURFACES OF DUCTS EXPOSED TO VIEW. C. REINFORCEMENT SHAPES AND PLATES: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL REINFORCING WHERE INSTALLED ON GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DUCTS. FOR ALUMINUM AND STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS PROVIDE REINFORCING OF COMPATIBLE MATERIALS. D. TIE RODS: GALVANIZED STEEL, 1/4-INCH MINIMUM DIAMETER FOR 36-INCH LENGTH OR LESS; 3/8-INCH MINIMUM DIAMETER FOR LENGTHS LONGER THAN 36 INCHES. 3.01 SEALING MATERIALS A JOINT AND SEAM SEALANT: LOW VOC, ONE -PART, NON -SAG, SOLVENT -RELEASE -CURING, POLYMERIZED BUM SEALANT COMPLYING WITH FSTT-S-001657, TYPE I; FORMULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 75% SOLIDS AND SQAMD RULE 1168. IRON -GRIP 601 OR APPROVED EQUAL (75 G/L (LESS WATER) VOC CONTENT). B. FLANGED JOINT MASTICS: ONE -PART, ACID -CURING, SILICONE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 920, TYPE S. GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USE 0. 3.02 ARE -STOPPING A. FIRE-RESISTANT SEALANT: PROVIDE ONE -PART ELASTOMERIC SEALANT FORMULATED FOR USE IN A THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE -STOP SYSTEM FOR FIWNG OPENINGS AROUND DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS, HAVING FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED AS ESTABLISHED BY TESTING IDENTICAL ASSEMBLIES PER ASTM E 814 BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY, INC. OR OTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. 'DOW CORNING FIRE STOP SEALANT"; DOW CORNING CORP. 2. "3M ARE BARRIER CAULK CP_25` ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS DIV./3M. 3. " RTV 7403"; GENERAL ELECTRIC CO. 4. "FYRE PUTTY"; STANDARD OIL ENGINEERED MATERIALS CO. 3.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. BUILDING ATTACHMENTS: CONCRETE INSERTS, POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS, OR STRUCTURAL STEEL FASTENERS APPROPRIATE FOR BUILDING MATERIALS. DO NOT USE POWDER ACTUATED CONCRETE FASTENERS FOR LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE CONCRETES OR FOR SLABS LESS THAN 4 INCHES THICK. B. HANGERS: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, OR ROUND, STEEL, THREADED ROD. 1. HANGERS INSTALLED IN CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERES: ELECTRO-GALVANIZED, ALL -THREAD ROD OR HOT -DIPPED -GALVANIZED RODS WITH THREADS PAINTED AFTER INSTALLATION. 2. STRAPS AND ROD SIZES: CONFORM WITH TABLE 4_1 IN SMACNA WAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, 1985 EDITION, FOR SHEET STEEL WIDTH AND GAGE AND STEEL ROD DIAMETERS. C. DUCT ATTACHMENTS: SHEET METAL SCREWS, BLIND RIVETS, OR SELF_ TAPPING METAL SCREWS; COMPATIBLE WITH DUCT MATERIALS. D. TRAPEZE AND RISER SUPPORTS: STEEL SHAPES CONFORMING TO ASTM A 36. 1. WHERE GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS ARE INSTALLED, PROVIDE HOT -DIPPED- GALVANIZED STEEL SHAPES AND PLATES. MECHANICAL M1.0 ABBREVIATIONS, LEGENDS AND GENERAL NOTES M2.0 INFECTION CONTROL PLAN M3.0 WAC 1 ST FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION M4.0 WAC 1 ST FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION M4.1 WAC 2ND FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION M4.3 WAC MOBILE M SCHEDULE & DETAILS M5.1 AIR BALANCE TABLE src:cF-IcnnoNs - CONTHUED 3.04 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION A. GENERAL: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE RECTANGULAR DUCTS WITH GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 'HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS," TABLES 13 THROUGH 119, INCLUDING THEIR ASSOCIATED DETAILS. CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE REFERENCED STANDARD FOR METAL THICKNESS, REINFORCING TYPES AND INTERVALS, TIE ROD APPLICATIONS, AND JOINT TYPES AND INTERVALS. 1. FABRICATE RECTANGULAR DUCTS IN LENGTHS APPROPRIATE TO REINFORCEMENT AND RIGIDITY CLASS REQUIRED FOR PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION. 2. PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT ARE FREE FROM VISUAL IMPERFECTIONS SUCH AS PITTING, SEAM MARKS, ROLLER MARKS, STAINS, AND DISCOLORATION& B. FABRICATE KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCTS WITH 16_GAGE, CARBON STEEL SHEETS FOR CONCEALED DUCTS AND 18_GAGE STAINLESS STEELS FOR EXPOSED DUCTS. WELD AND FLANGE SEAMS AND JOINTS LIQUID TIGHT. CONFORM TO NFPA STANDARD 96. C. FABRICATE DISHWASHER HOOD EXHAUST DUCTS WITH 18_GAGE STAINLESS STEELS. WELD AND FLANGE SEAMS AND JOINTS. D. STATIC PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT DUCT SYSTEMS TO THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: 1. SUPPLY DUCTS: 3 INCHES WATER GAGE. 2. RETURN DUCTS: 2 INCHES WATER GAGE, NEGATIVE PRESSURE. 3. EXHAUST DUCTS: 2 INCHES WATER GAGE, NEGATIVE PRESSURE. E. CROSSBREAKING OR CROSS BEADING: CROSSBREAK OR BEAD DUCT SIDES THAT ARE 19 INCHES AND LARGER AND ARE 20 GAGE OR LESS, WITH MORE THAN 10 SQ. FT. OF UNBRACED PANEL AREA, AS INDICATED IN SMACNA -WAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARD." 3.05 RECTANGULAR DUCT FITTINGS A. FABRICATE ELBOWS, TRANSITIONS, OFFSETS, BRANCH CONNECTIONS, AND OTHER DUCT CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA "HVAC METAL DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARD," 1985 EDITION, FIGURES 2_1 THROUGH 2_10. 3.1 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH UL 181, CLASS 1. B. FLEXIBLE DUCTS - INSULATED: FACTORY -FABRICATED, INSULATED, ROUND DUCT, WITH AN OUTER JACKET ENCLOSING GLASS FIBER (R-4.2, 1" THICK IN CONDITIONED AREAS, R-6.0, 1-1/2" THICK IN NON -CONDITIONED SPACES) INSULATION AROUND A CONTINUOUS INNER LINER. DUCTING RATED FOR 3/4" NEGATIVE PRESSURE. 1. REINFORCEMENT: STEEL -WIRE HELIX ENCAPSULATED IN THE INNER LINER. 2. OUTER JACKET: GLASS -REINFORCED, SILVER MYLAR WITH A CONTINUOUS HANGING TAB, INTEGRAL FIBER GLASS TAPE, AND NYLON HANGING CORD. 3. INNER LINER: POLYETHYLENE FILM. 3.2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO THE APPLIANCE AS SPECIFIED IN THE APPLIANCE'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3.3 AIR DUCTS - EXHAUST AIR SMACNA LOW PRESSURE CLASS GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DUCT SYSTEM WITH LOCK FORMING QUALITY. (SNAP -LOCK IS OK) 3.4 REINFORCEMENT A. CHANNEL REINFORCEMENT: GALVANIZED -STEEL CHANNELS FABRICATED FROM ASTM A 527 AND HAVING G 60 OR G 90 ZINC COATING WEIGHT. REFER TO FGDCS FOR CHANNEL SIZES AND SPACING. B. TIE RODS REINFORCEMENT: 12-GAGE, GALVANIZED -STEEL WIRE, LENGTH TO SUIT TERMINATION METHOD. REFER TO FGDCS FOR ROD SIZES AND SPACING. C. REINFORCING ROD WASHERS: 2-1/2 INCHES SQUARE BY 0.028 INCHES THICK MINIMUM OR 0.020 INCHES THICK TO SUIT TERMINATION METHOD, GALVANIZED -STEEL WASHER WITH TURNED EDGES. D. INSTALL ANTI -SAG DEVICES IN DUCTS 48 INCHES WIDE AND LARGER. E. FOR NEGATIVE PRESSURE DUCTS, FASTEN REINFORCING CHANNELS THROUGH DUCTS TO 2-INCH, BY 6-INCH, BY 20-GAGE GALVANIZED -STEEL CUPS AT TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND 2-1/2-INCH-SQUARE GALVANIZED -STEEL WASHERS AT INTERMEDIATE REINFORCEMENT. REFER TO SCHEDULES IN THE FGDCS FOR QUANTITIES. 3.5 CLOSURE A. MATERIALS: SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CLOSURE MATERIALS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIBROUS GLASS DUCT MANUFACTURER: 1. PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE: A MINIMUM OF 2-1/2 INCHES WIDE, FIBER GLASS -REINFORCED, ALUMINUM FOIL TAPE COMPLYING WITH UL STANDARD 181A, PART P, AND IMPRINTED WITH THE REQUIRED INFORMATION. 2. HEAT -ACTIVATED TAPE: A MINIMUM OF 2-1/2 INCHES WIDE, FIBER GLASS -REINFORCED, FOIL/SCRIM TAPE COMPLYING WITH UL STANDARD 181A, PART H, AND IMPRINTED WITH THE REQUIRED INFORMATION. 3. MASTIC AND GLASS FABRIC: A MINIMUM OF 3 INCHES WIDE, GLASS FABRIC AND DUCT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED MASTIC THAT COMPLIES WITH UL STANDARD 181. 3.6 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A. INSTALL UPPER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES WITH AN ALLOWABLE LOAD NOT EXCEEDING 1/4 OF THE FAILURE (PROOF TEST) LO B. INSTALL CONCRETE INSERT BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. C. INSTALL POWDER -ACTUATED CONCRETE FASTENERS AFTER CONCRETE IS PLACED AND COMPLETELY CURED. D. DUCT ATTACHMENT: SUPPORT HORIZONTAL DUCTS WITH TRAPEZE -TYPE HANGERS. E. HANGER: SUSPEND DUCT ATTACHMENT FROM BUILDING ATTACHMENT WITH 1 OF THE FOLLOWING HANGER TYPES: 1. GALVANIZED -SHEET METAL STRIP, A MINIMUM OF 22 GAGE BY I INCH WIDE. 2. GALVANIZED -STEEL ROD, 1/4 INCH DIAMETER, THREADED ITS ENTIRE LENGTH. 3. GALVANIZED -STEEL WIRE, 12 GAGE MINIMUM. F. ATTACH HANGERS TO JOINT AND REINFORCEMENT CHANNELS THAT OCCUR WITHIN THE REQUIRED HANGER SPACING. ATTACH HANGERS TO TRANSMIT LOAD TO THE SIDES AND BOTTOM CHANNELS AND NO MORE THAN 6 INCHES FROM SIDES OF DUCT. G. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND METAL DUCT COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES INDEPENDENT FROM DUCT. H. SUPPORT TERMINAL COMPONENTS SEPARATELY. I. INSTALL SHEET -METAL SLEEVE TO SUPPORT DAMPERS. EXTEND SLEEVE FOR MOTORIZED DAMPERS TO SUPPORT OPERATOR. 4.0 AIR DEVICES PROVIDE AIR DEVICES AS PER AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE. SUBSTITUTIONS MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR PRIOR APPROVAL 4.1 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO THE APPLIANCE AS SPECIFIED IN THE APPLIANCE'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 4.2 INSULATIO INSULATE ALL GALVANIZED STEEL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. EXHAUST DUCTS SHALL NOT BE INSULATED, EXCEPT INTERNALLY LINED WITH INSULATION 10 FEET OF DUCTWORK ATTACHED TO AND INCLUDING THE DISCHARGE PLENUMS AT EXHAUST LOUVERS FOR NOISE CONSIDERATIONS. INSULATE OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE DUCTS TO OUTSIDE AIR OPENING. DUCT WRAP SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR WRAPPING HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING DUCTWORK AND INCLUDE 2" OVERLAP FACING TAB TO PROVIDE FOR CONTINUOUS VAPOR SEAL DUCT WRAP SHALL BE 2' THICK, 1.5 LB. DENSITY, FOIL_SCRIM_KRAFT LAMINATED VAPOR BARRIER FACING, MINIMUM INSTALLED R_VALUE EQUAL TO 6.4, AND A MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 25/50 PER ASTM E84. INSULATE HVAC PLENUMS AND UNIT HOUSINGS NOT PRE -INSULATED AT FACTORY OR LINED WITH 2' THICK DUCT WRAP. INSULATE ALL EXPOSED METAL SURFACES ON BACK OF CEILING DIFFUSERS WITH 1' THICK FIBERGLASS WITH VAPOR BARRIER. 5.0 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING TEST AND BALANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN THE TESTING AND BALANCING OF WAC SYSTEMS AS SUBCONTRACTOR TO THE WAC CONTRACTOR, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, OR OWNER. THE TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE A MEMBER OF EITHER ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB). 6.0 SUBMITTALS PROVIDE 6-SETS (IN BINDER) OF MANUFACTURERS DATA, ELECTRICAL DATA, DIMENSIONAL DATA AND CLEARANCES, CONNECTION DATA, COLOR SAMPLES (IF REQUIRED) AND TEST DATA FOR A/C EQUIPMENT, CONTROLS, EXHAUST FANS AND DIFFUSER/GRILLES. SHOP DRAWINGS AND 0&M MANUALS MUST BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. ENGINEER WILL REQUIRE 10 WORKING DAYS TO REVIEW DRAWINGS. Project No. 15017.00 1 M1,60 1 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ "�i�� A�� N EE P 6 u 0 vd- M_ O E I t0 te W INFECTION CONTROL NOTES: O1 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PORTABLE HEPA (99.97% OF 0.3um AND LARGER PARTICLES TRAPPED) AIR SCRUBBER EXHAUSTING AIR FROM CONSTRUCTION AREA TO CORRIDOR OR OUTDOORS AS SHOWN. ARRANGEMENT OF SCRUBBER AND DUCT ARRANGEMENT TYPICAL FOR CORRIDOR AREAS. AREAS ARE ANTICIPATED TO CHANGE IN SIZE AND LOCATION AS WORK PROGRESSES. 0 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY, FLEXIBLE EXHAUST DUCTWORK FROM THE AIR SCRUBBER LOCATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION AREA TO THE CLEAN NON —CONSTRUCTION SIDE OF THE CORRIDOR AS PER DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE OPENING IN THE TEMPORARY SMOKE —TIGHT BARRIER WALL FOR THE EXHAUST DUCTWORK AND EXHAUST DIFFUSER. PROVIDE SUFFICIENT DUCTWORK TO ALLOW THE MOVEMENT OF THE TEMPORARY EXHAUST FAN. ATTACH DUCT TIGHT TO CEILING AND RUN EXPOSED. O3 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HEPA CONSTRUCTION FILTERS ON EXHAUST AND RETURN AIR GRILLES. ® CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT CONSTRUCTION AREA REMAINS UNDER A 0.03 IN WG MINIMUM NEGATIVE PRESSURE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. PROVIDE A DIGITAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE METER (MANOMETER) TO MONITOR AND ALLOWING DAILY LOGGING OF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION AREA AND HOSPITAL O5 CONTRACTOR PROVIDE TEMPORARY AIR ISOLATION WALL WITH ACCESS DOOR AT THIS LOCATION. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ICRA PLAN FOR DOOR SIZE AND ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. AIR BARRIERS SHALL BE MOVED AS NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING AND HOSPITAL CORRIDOR REQUIREMENTS. PATCH AND SEAL ANY WALL DAMAGE AS NEEDED TO MATCH EXISTING WHEN TEMPORARY WALLS ARE REMOVED. INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES: 1. The contractor shall obtain from the owner a copy of the infection control risk assessment (ICRA) prepared for this project. The contractor shall review the requirements in this report and perform all work in accordance with those requirements. The contractor shall strictly adhere to the limits of the construction area, and where phasing applies shall adhere to the phasing plan. Any work outside the construction area shall be coordinated with the facility and performed in accordance with the ICRA report. 2. To the extent that it is required by the ICRA the contractor shall endeavor to maintain existing levels of indoor air quality in areas surrounding and adjacent to the construction work zone, and elsewhere in the facility. It should be anticipated that the ICRA report will require measure to this effect including erection of construction zone barriers and provisions for negative air pressure in the construction zone relative to other areas of the facility. Failure to comply with construction and maintenance of construction barriers will result in the cessation of work until the barriers are brought into compliance. 3. Contractor shall monitor the room areas under construction to assure the area has negative pressure in relation to the non construction areas. 4. Any requirement for interruption or shutdown of utilities made necessary by this construction shall be coordinated with the facility at least one week prior to interruption. 5. Contractor shall endeavor to minimize any disruption of surrounding areas of the facility. 6. All debris will be removed in covered carts. Wheels shall be cleaned prior to entering the building from outside or from the construction area. 7. If fire alarm and/or sprinkler system are shut down for four (4) hours or more contractor shall provide a "fire watch". 8. Traffic between barricaded areas and open areas shall be kept to a minimum. Keep door to such areas closed at all times. Transport materials and refuse into area from an external site without violating other areas. 9. Provide negative pressure in construction area by blocking supply ventilation in a dust tight manner and HEPA—filter existing return ducts, or with use of negative air machine. Do not re —circulate air from construction area to remainder of the facility with out HEPA filtration. ICRA Precautions During Construction Provide active means to prevent airborne dust from dispensing into atmosphere Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust Immediately replace any ceiling the if displaced Water mist work surfaces to control dust while cutting Seal unused doors with low tack Block off and seal air vents Place dust mat at the entrance and exit of work area Remove or isolate HVAC system in areas where work is being performed ICRA Precautions upon Construction Completion Wipe work surfaces with disinfectant Contain construction waste before transport in tightly covered containers Wet mop and/or vacuum with HEPA filtered vacuum before leaving work area Remove isolation of HVAC system in areas where work was performed. General Suspended Ceiling Rules Contractor shall notify the owner's representative of areas to be accessed prior to start of work Spray top of ceiling panels to be removed, and surrounding affected panels with fine water mist to settle dust prior to removal Clean top of adjacent ceiling panels after work is complete Clean floor below work areas when work is completed Reroute traffic with barriers as required so that no patients or staff travel immediately below the work area. Owner should be contacted for all ceiling problems T)pical Above Ceiling Work Contractor to provide a pre —manufactured portable collapsible and temporary dust barrier system, Portable airborne 40 Environmental Containment Unit ECU as manufactured by Mintie Technologies or equal, and al necessary accessories b t not limited to, 350-425 CFM Negative Air a a INFECTION CONTROL PRECAUTIONS SCALE: 1 /4"4-0" ''^^n VI U U U bA U o N 00 U � M O N M � New rn c�M�N �o J0 U c Z o F+i 0000 fw ii �l in .-1 0 cU I co 0 I 0 o V) CIO w f f 0 U a U Q a -b ,cn C� CV Q, A 00 C T A A z Q N N 03 0 03 h-�-1 4� 03 V � W � Z w Project No. 15017.00 M2,00 ©2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. i JUA I t) :t 1IMLJ :tr ILtA:t N N Go N Go te HVAC 1ST FLOOR RCP PLAN - DEMOLITION RL SCALE: 1/4"=1'-O" GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. INFORMATION SHOWN HERE REFLECTS EXISTING RECORDS AND RECENT ON -SITE OBSERVATIONS. THE DEMOLITION WORK SHOWN IS INTENDED TO CONVEY THE GENERAL NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE WORK REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION WORK NECESSARY TO PROPERLY COMPLETE THE NEW WORK SHOWN ELSEWHERE. 2. PROVIDE TEMPORARY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN PROPER OPERATION OF ALL SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE FOR WORKER SAFETY. 3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND WIRING ETC. THAT IS NOT REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE NEW SYSTEMS AND EXISTING SYSTEMS TO REMAIN. DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS OFFSITE. 4. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN THAT MAY BE DAMAGED BY THE PERFORMANCE OF THE DEMOLITION WORK. 5. PROTECT REMAINING PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONDUIT ECT. FROM THE ENTRANCE OF FOREIGN MATERIALS. 6. PROVIDE PLASTIC SHEETING AND SEALING AROUND DOORS AND OPENINGS TO PROTECT ADJACENT SPACES FROM THE SPREAD OF DUST AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS TO OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BUILDING. KEEP ALL ADJOINING AREAS ADJACENT TO THE WORK AREA CLEAN AND FREE OF DEBRIS. 7. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS SUCH AS DIFFUSERS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR REMOVING THE CEILING AND PARTITIONS AS NECESSARY. 8. REFER TO AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS. HVAC DEMOLITION NOTES O1 LIEBERT COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONER TO REMAIN. O2 MECHANICAL/DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR REMOVE CHILLER, PIPING, AND HOSES. CONTRACTOR SHALL RECOVER ALL REFRIGERANT FROM MEDICAL CHILLERS PRIOR TO DISPOSAL. RETURN REFRIGERANT TO APPROVED RECLAIM FACILITY. O3 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REMOVE FLOOR AIR GRILLE. Al ® MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REMOVE EXISTING THERMOSTAT FROM WALL TO ALLOW INSTALLATION OF NEW PRIVACY PARTITION WALL. THERMOS T 0 E RELOCATED A IN HES TO TH LE EE SH ET 4.0 FOR MORE INSTRUCTIONS. I I I I I I I I I I I I I g I I MRI DISCONNECT L- MRI DISCONNECT r � II L J - EXISTING GE MRI ELECTRONICS I I I I I TRANSFORMER ELECTRICAL PANEL - MRI WATER CHILLER COLD HEAD HELIUM COMPRESSOR HVAC 1ST FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" 5 TON LIEBERT COMPUTER ROOM MRI FLUID CHILLER Project No. 15017.00 M300 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ N O 8 00 N — t0 MECHANICAL NOTES O1 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE NEW ALUMINUM SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTING. WRAP BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN WITH INSULATED DUCT WRAP. Q2 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE NEW AIR DIFFUSER/GRILLE PER AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE. O3 REBALANCE EXISTING AIR DEVICES TO SPECIFIED AIR FLOWS. ® PROVIDE NEW RETURN GALVANIZED STEEL, RETURN DUCTING BETWEEN NEW RETURN GRILLES AND LIEBERT COMPUTER ROOM UNIT. O MRI INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR PROVIDE RF WAVEGUIDE SIZED FOR DUCTING. © PROVIDE NEW GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTING WITH INSULATED DUCT WRAP TO DIFFUSER AND RETURN GRILLE. m-f � - 14x24 36x10 _ -T-====� I 22x10 30x24 -----� } ..._ r.. / I I 10"o <26x1,2 � �I 20x14 -- - - -- - - - - - - - - FD � I #$'F D CAU21 1 i 1-� ���� Mop t /I I1_ LI ; 225 (EXETNC) If , t ,,0 6x 16 X y x 21 oA € I 5 `� J JJ 1000 - - - - - - - - - 1 4x 10 -> T JJ 175 B---- E € - ---------I------�- 24X12 1 1000 24x24 1' E: II 2 175 2 53 x `' 310.0 X901 1 s , ,I I 2,000 C D '' I -®-- --- 2 18x1 EXH' 1 I ' 12x1' 12X12Q 10 0 `. 11 - -_ EF-4 QN_ROOF 1000 100 115FM.. © EXH 2 (EXISTING) ;24x24 24x24 3 { X I' i € E , 40 A u I , 1 X , - ` 250�A 502 12x120 + € -- � 28 On I \ix2x12 + I _ \ ', 3 2 32 x t x i HVAC 1ST FLOOR RCP PLAN — NEW CONSTRUCTION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" MA=` C H A I"v I (M*0*04 A L NOTES O MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE CHILLED WATER PIPING. ROUTE FROM SECOND FLOOR CHASE ACROSS CEILING SPACE AND DOWN TO QUICK CONNECT CONTROLLER UNIT. SEE SHEETS M4.1 AND M4.2 FOR CONTINUATION. O2 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE CHILLED WATER PIPING. ROUTE FROM QUICK CONNECT CONTROLLER UNIT TO RF FILTER PLATE CONNECTION. O3 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE NEW AIR FLOW PANEL PER AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE. ® MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR RELOCATE THERMOSTAT TO THIS LOCATION TO AVOID PLACEMENT OF NEW 2"0 400 24x24© 400 24x24© 4 d +, x HVAC 1st FLOC..."n PLAN — NEW CONSTRUCTM s SCALE: 1/4 =1 -0 1 9 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS * 3203 QUEEN PALM DRIVE TAMPA, FLORIDA 33619 PHONE (813) 241-6488 FAX 813) 241-6498 of F,*mn - Uoonoo 0 27336 Project No. 15017.00 M400 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. ;pumIr4 ;PIImr-, pr!LrMp u C] 0 N m N - w te MECHANICAL NOTES (D CHILLED WATER PIPING FROM ROOF ABOVE. ROUTE CHILLED WATER PIPING ABOVE CEILING AND DOWN THROUGH CHASE ADJACENT TO COLUMN. O2 EXISTING 8"0 QUENCH VENT O3 EXISTING 18"X18" MRI EXHAUST DUCT UP TO ROOF EXHAUST FAN EF-4 HVAC 2nd FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0' AI PO ap M.. �,, k G 1148 ` Q , No * F W = PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS !r .� .' 3203 QUEEN PALM DRIVE TAMPA, FLORIDA 33619 //`/���s• - oPt FOPreN.. ol81 l(ag3n) 1-6488 6498 mm Project No. 15017.00 M4,01 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ I 111 11.1 1 1 - - u - — -- N d p tV CD • O 40 te 1 i i k f t SE E HVAC 3rd FLOOR PLAN - SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" DEMOLITION NOTES 1O MECHANICAL/DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR REMOVE EXISTING MEDICAL CHILLER CONDENSER AND COPPER PIPING. CONTRACTOR SHALL RECOVER ALL REFRIGERANT FROM MEDICAL CHILLERS PRIOR TO DISPOSAL. RETURN REFRIGERANT TO APPROVED RECLAIM FACILITY. MECHAl*lk0l"w*f'AL DOTES O NEW MEDICAL CHILLER PROVIDED BY SIEMENS. LABEL UNIT AS CH-1. INSTALL CHILLER ON STRUCTURAL STEEL STAND. SEE MOUNTING DETAIL ON STRUCTURAL SHEETS O3 PROVIDE INSULATED CHILLED �ATER, SCHEDULE 40, SIPING FROM CHILLER TO MRI EQUIPMENT ROOM. SIZE ACCORDING TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN. REFER TO SHEET M5.0 SUPPORT DETAILS. USE EXISTING PIPE CURB AND CHASE. ® EXISTING MRI EXHAUST FAN (EF-4) TO REMAIN. FAN IS RATED FOR 2,000 CFM AT 0.75 INCHES WATER. Q EXISTING 8"0 STAINLESS STEEL QUENCH VENT TO REMAIN. NEW SCREEN WALL NEW CON6TRUCTION CH-1 EXISTING CAPPED PIPE CURB Project No. 15017.00 M402 ®2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ N d e 0 00 �t n O bco te MECHANICAL NOTES lO CONTRACTOR/MOBILE MRI PROVIDER TO PROVIDE AIR HANDLING UNITS WITH TWO FILTER BANKS. A PREFILTER SHALL BE LOCATED UPSTREAM OF THE AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, AND FINAL FILTERS SHALL BE LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF ANY FAN OR BLOWERS. PREALTERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM FILTER EFFICIENCY OF 30 PERCENT, AND FINAL FILTERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY OF 90 PERCENT. MOBILE MRI HVAC REQUIREMENTS . of 111/4 \`�'01 GI �.�� �QQ • No:' p193 � � " F W :-.-. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS -0 3203 QUEEN PALM DRIVE ✓/fi�� TAMPA, FLORIDA 33619 ` 1-648 PFAX ---- �G���`\ N A\- (883) 241 88 eowd h lon bomm - Ll MN of afw / Project No. 15017.00 m4,.3 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $ IIME$ $I -ILEA$ N u te fnATE"t *TRUE! d'nR EAt THREADED ROD U-BOLT INSULATED PIPING PIPE ROLLER SUPPORT PIPE SUPPORT SLEEPER AND FLASHING 05 w ROOFING AND CANT STRIP BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR INSULATION ROOF CONSTRUCTION .fd. D D Op G G d GD D D D G Dp n p n ROOF PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL AM DEVICE SCMEDUCE MARK TYPE MATERIAL FINISH ACCESSORIES MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES A SUPPLY ALUMINUM WHITE METALAIRE 5000-2 (1)(2)(3)(4) B RETURN ALUMINUM WHITE METALAIRE RH-1 (1)(2)(3)(5) C F PANEL STEEL WHITE TATE AIRFLOW PERF 800 (6) D EXHAUST ALUMIN M WHITE M CC5-6 4) (1) COORDINATE FRAME STYLES WITH CEILING OR WALL SYSTEM. (2) N.C. VALUES FOR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 25, WITH A ROOM ABSORPTION RATE OF 10db i.e. 10-12 WATTS. (3) REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR SIZES (4) PROVIDE BACK SIDE OF SUPPLY AIR DEVICES WITH FACTORY INSTALLED R-6 INSULATION BLANKET (5) PROVIDE ANY VISIBLE PORTION OF RETURN AIR DUCTWORK THROUGH THE AIR DEVICE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO (2) COATS OF FLAT BLACK PAINT (6) PROVIDE 1/8' STATIC DISSAPATIVE VINYL COVERING WARNING SIGN PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR VENT PIPE SHALL BE ALUMINUM. LONG SWEEP ELBOWS SHALL BE ALL POINTS SHALL BE SEALED TO USED. HANDLE 20 PSI MIN. PRESSURE. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL APPROPRIATE SIZE VENT PIPE (ABOVE RF 10"0 LONG SHIELDED CEILING) TO CONNECT WITH THE 90' ELBOW RF SHIELDING CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLED WAVEGUIDE. HVAC VENT PIPE TO BE CONTINUED THROUGH ROOF OF MAGNET ROOM TO 90' ELBOW, TERMINATING OUTSIDE THE BUILDING WITH AN EXTERIOR CAP AND WEATHER TIGHT FLASHING.---,,,,,,, RF SHIELDED ROOM CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ONE - CRYOGEN VENT PIPE/WAVEGUIDE IN THE RF SHIELD CEILING. THE VENT PIPE/WAVEGUIDE TO EXTEND A MIMIMUM OF 4.0" [100mm] ABOVE AND BELOW THE RF CEILING FOR CONNECTION PURPOSES. THE - LENGTH OF THE WAVEGUIDE PER RF SHIELDED ROOM CONTRACTOR. 24.0" [610mm] LONG VENT PIPE (SUPPLIED BY GEMS) FROM THE MAGNET TO THE CEILING WAVEGUIDE. _ MAGNET CAUTION FREEZING GASES AND SMALL OBJECTS MAY BE DISCHARGED WITHOUT NOTICE STAY AT LEAST 25 Ft.(6.1 m) AWAY. BRACKET ARNING SIGN SEE THIS DETAIL) 0.5" [13 mm MESH BIRD SCREEN �90' ELBOW m CAP � -12" HIGH CURB TRANSITION BY ISOLATION JOINT VENT GLASS AND CLAMPS (BY GEMS) CRYOGEN VENT PIPE DETAIL R.F. WALL PANEL — WITH COPPER SHIELD NON-FERROUS DUCT WITH COLLAR WAVE GUIDE : DIMENNSIONS TO MATCH DUCT SIZE, COORDINATE WITH R.F. SHIELD MANUFACTURER DUCTWORK- 1-3/4" WOOD R.F. CEILING PANEL WITH COPPER SHIELD RF SCREEN - ROOM CEILING GM FAIR DEVICE (MAGNET ROOM) FINISHED WALL NOTES . 1. ALL UNDERLINED ITEMS ARE PROVIDED BY THE R.F. SHIELD MANUFACTURER OR INSTALLER. 2. DURING FABRICATION OF THE R.F. SHIELD, HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE DUCTWORK CONNECTION TO THE WAVEGUIDE. SIDEWALL WAVE QMLLE DETAIL p �owA /� GI EN No T * _ 3 3,, . 'F PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS _ E 03 QUEEN PALM DRIVE JAMPA, FLORIDA 33619 'HONE (813) 241-6488 R- FAX 3 241-6498 ` mu //illllll\ im m " r&/lk VAN Project No. 15017.00 M5,00 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. N 2-31 LM C; N Go N te ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER M U =21 AI R BALAN CE TAMLE REQUIRED PRESSURE RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT AREA REQUIRED ROOM PRESSURIZATION FLOW INDOOR AIR CIRCULATION OUTDOOR AIR VENTILATION DESIGN AIR BALANCE SUPPLY RETURN EXHAUST TRANS AIR [CFM] [CFM] AIR AIR AIR [CFM] [CFM] IN(+) OUT (-) TRANSFER AIR DIRECTION FROM TO TOTAL AC/HR MINIMUM AS REQUIRED DESIGNED O/A VALUES PER ASHRAE STD 170 MINIMUM CALCULATED AC/HR AS REQUIRED AC/HR DESIGNED REQUIRED O/A O/A VALUES PER ASHRAE STD 62.1 MINIMUM PEOPLE MINIMUM AREA OUTDOOR AIR CALCULATED RATE RATE [CFM/FT2] OUTDOOR AIR REQUIRED O/A CFM/PERSON R AND T NORTH 1-100 0 -100 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 860 960 0 100 R AND T SOUTH 1-101 0 -100 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 860 960 0 100 HC TOILET 1-102 - -75 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 30 0 105 75 HC DRESS EAST 1-105 0 35 N/R 262.5 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 35 0 0 -35 HC DRESS 1-106 0 35 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 35 0 0 -35 HC DRESS WEST 1-104 0 35 N/R 262.5 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 35 0 0 -35 SUB WAIT 1-103 0 -30 N/R 1087.5 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 145 175 0 30 R AND F 1-108 0 -100 N/R 6450.0 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 860 960 0 100 PASSAGE 1-109 0 25 N/R 1687.5 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 225 200 0 -25 STORAGE 1-110 0 0 N/R 0.0 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 40 40 0 0 HC TOILET 1-111 - -75 N/R 487.5 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 65 0 140 75 INJ ROOM 1-112 0 0 N/R 2662.5 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 355 355 0 0 PASSAGE 1-113 0 225 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 225 0 0 -225 PASSAGE 1-119 0 0 N/R 1050.0 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 140 140 0 0 NUCLEAR MEDICINE 1-114 0 -100 N/R 9000.0 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 1200 1300 0 100 NUCLEAR MEDICINE 1715 0 -100 N/R 9000.0 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 1200 1300 0 100 STORAGE 1-118 0 0 N/R 4350.0 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 580 580 0 0 HOT LAB 1-116 - -75 N/R 2587.5 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 345 0 420 75 MAIN CORRIDOR 1-100 0 300 N/R 4875.0 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 650 0 350 -300 HC TOILET 1-128 - -75 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 40 0 115 75 STAFF LOUNGE 1-122 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 560 560 0 0 STAFF HC TOILET 1-123 - -75 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 40 0 115 75 READING ROOM 1-121 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 425 225 200 0 STRETCHER TRANSFER ROOM 1-126 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 175 175 0 0 M RI 1-130 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 1000 1000 0 0 JANITOR 1-117 - -75 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 0 0 75 75 CLASSROOM 2-100 0 125 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 1165 1040 0 -125 STORAGE 2-100 B 0 0 N/R 1500.0 N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 200 200 0 0 COMPUTER ROOM 2-112 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 200 200 0 0 DATA PROCESSING 2-103 0 200 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 900 700 0 -200 DP TRAINING 2-103B 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 750 750 0 0 OFFICE 130 2-130 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 400 400 0 0 OFFICE 129 2-129 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 200 200 0 0 OFFICE 128 2-128 0 0 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R 0 0 0 210 210 0 0 Total 0 0 14150 12630 1520 0 NOTES 1 N/R = No Requirement 2 3 \\0III D // N 0.40 3 E OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS UEEN PALM DRIVE A. FLORIDA 33619 NE (813) 241-6488 FAX (813- 6u�:0 v= Project No. 15017.00 M5,01 ®2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. E $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ N a.w El ■ o m " CV 0 te 0 �o ABBREVIATIONS AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MAX MAXIMUM CLG CEILING MIN MINIMUM DN DOWN SPK. SPRINKLER EL ELEVATION TYP TYPICAL EXIST EXISTING UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FL FLOOR VIF VERIFY IN FIELD F FIRE MAIN FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 PIPE FITTINGS AND VALVES A. STEEL PIPE ASTM A 135, PIPE SIZE 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL WITH THREADED CAST IRON BLACK FITTINGS. 1.1 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS ASME B16.4, CLASS 125, STANDARD PATTERN, WITH THREADS ACCORDING TO ASME B1.20.1, 175 PSI RATED. 1.2 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS ASME B16.3, CLASS 150, STANDARD PATTERN, WITH THREADS ACCORDING TO ASME B1.20.1. 1.3 STEEL FITTINGS ASTM A 234/ A 234M, SEAMLESS OR WELDED; ASME B16.9, BUTTWELDING; OR ASME 816.11, SOCKET WELDING TYPE FOR WELDED JOINTS 1.4 GENERAL UL LISTED AND/OR FM APPROVED SERVICE VALVES WITH 175 PSIG NON -SHOCK MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE RATING. GATE VALVES: UL 262, CAST BRONZE, THREADED ENDS, SOLID WEDGE, OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE, RISING STEM. PROVIDE INDICATING (BUTTERFLY OR BALL) VALVES TYPE, BRONZE BODY WITH THREADED ENDS, AND INTEGRAL INDICATING DEVICE, INDICATOR SHALL BE VISUAL AND ELECTRICAL 115 VOLTS A.C., PRE -WIRED 2 CIRCUIT, SUPERVISORY SWITCH. 2.0 SPRINKLERS PROVIDE AUTOMATIC HEAT -RESPONSIVE GLASS BULB SPRINKLER HEADS, WITH 1 /2" NOMINAL ORIFICE, 5.50 "K" FACTOR 155'F TEMPERATURE RATING, INSTALL SPRINKLERS IN A UNIFORM, CONSISTENT MANNER IN ORDER TO LINE UP EACH AREA, IN THE "CENTER" OF THE CEILING TILE AS DETAILED. 3.0 PIPING INSTALLATIONS DEVIATIONS FROM APPROVED "WORKING PLANS" FOR SPRINKLER PIPING REQUIRE WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION. FILE WRITTEN APPROVAL WITH THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO DEVIATING FROM APPROVED "WORKING PLANS". INSTALL UNION OR FLANGE ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE. INSTALL HANGER AND SUPPORT SPACING AND LOCATIONS FOR STEEL PIPING JOINED WITH GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR RIGID SYSTEMS PER NFPA 13. 4.0 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FLUSH, TEST AND INSPECT SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEMS ACCORDING TO NFPA 13 CHAPTER "SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE". REPORT TEST RESULTS PROMPTLY AND IN WRITING TO ARCHITECT AND TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. CLEANING: CLEAN DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM SPRINKLERS. REPLACE SPRINKLERS HAVING PAINT OTHER THAN FACTORY FINISH WITH NEW SPRINKLERS. CLEAN AND REUSE OF PAINTED SPRINKLERS IS PROHIBITED. 5.0 SPRINKLER SYSTEM BASIS OF DESIGN ITEM DESIGN CLASSIFICATION COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING AND CLASSIFY AREAS PER NFPA TYPE WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SPRINKLER HEAD (SEE SCHEDULE) MANUFACTURER/MODEL TEMPERATURE RATING (SEE SCHEDULE) NOTES 1. COORDINATE CEILING MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEADS WITH OTHER DEVICES (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) SEE ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES. 2. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL UL AND/OR FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVED WHERE APPLICABLE. 2----- � rt � LEGEND EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL REMAIN (VIF) EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD SHALL BE REMOVED (VIF) EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD SHALL REMAIN (VIF) NEW ARMOVER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING CONCEALED MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEAD - (SEE SCHEDULE) SIDE CONNECTION NEW CONNECTION FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL NOTES 1. FIRE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE DESIGNED, INSTALLED, AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 LATEST EDITION OR AS ADOPTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. INCLUDE ANY INCIDENTAL APPARATUS, APPLIANCES, MATERIAL LABOR AND SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAKE NEW WORK COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS AND FULLY READY FOR OPERATION. 3. MAKE SUCH OFFSETS AND DEVIATIONS FROM WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO FIT THE ACTUAL SPACE CONDITIONS. 4. THE INSTALLER SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE, INSPECT ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. SUBMISSION OF HIS PROPOSAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS INDICATING SUCH KNOWLEDGE. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE ON CLAIMS THAT ARISE FROM THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. 5. THE PLANS AND DIAGRAMS OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE SCALED. INSTALLER SHALL COORDINATE AT SITE WITH ALL EXISTING PLUMBING, HVAC AND ELECTRICAL WORK SO AS NOT TO CONFLICT IN LOCATION WITH OTHER WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT OR THAT MAY BE EXISTING. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST PIPE ROUTING AS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING, ETC. 6. INSTALLER SHALL NOT CUT ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT FIRST SECURING WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. 7. PIPE SIZED, GENERAL ROUTING, AND CONFIGURATION IN SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO BE HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THIS ENGINEER'S CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ANY DEVIATION SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RE -DESIGNED BY THIS ENGINEER WITH RELATED RE -DESIGN FEES BORN BY THE CONTRACTOR. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR, OBTAIN AND BEAR THE COST OF NECESSARY PERMITS, BONDS, AND FEES. 9. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AND BEAR THE U.L. LABEL. 10. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, PENETRATIONS FOR PIPES, CONDUITS, OR OTHER PURPOSES THROUGH ASSEMBLIES (FLOORS, WALLS, PARTITIONS, ETC.) WITH A REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FIRE STOP MATERIAL SHALL BE UL LISTED AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS TO MEET OR EXCEED THE FIRE RATING OF THE PENETRATED ASSEMBLY. 11. BEFORE SHUTTING OFF ANY SECTION OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TO MAKE ADJUSTMENTS OR ADDITIONAL CONNECTIONS, COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND NOTIFY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. PLAN THE WORK CAREFULLY AND ASSEMBLE ALL MATERIALS TO ENABLE COMPLETION IN THE SHORTEST POSSIBLE TIME. WORK SHALL BE USED TO COMPLETION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION, AND PROTECTION SHALL BE RESTORED AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE. 12. PROVIDE FLUSHING CONNECTION AT END OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM WHERE LAY -IN CEILING OCCURS. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING THAT REQUIRES CHANGE IN ELEVATION DUE TO COORDINATION ROUTING OF PIPING SHALL HAVE FLUSH CONNECTION AT ALL LOWER ELEVATION. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH COMPLETE DRAINABLE SYSTEM. 13. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR LISTING REQUIREMENTS. ALL ESCUTCHEONS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE METAL. 14. YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. ALL DEFECTS WHICH DEVELOP OR ARE DISCOVERED WITHIN THIS PERIOD SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 15. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL TOOLS, APPLIANCES, SURPLUS MATERIALS, AND SCRAP. ALL IDENTIFIED EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. 16. ALL WORK IS TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) WHEN CONFLICTS OCCUR IN SPECIFICATIONS OR IN THE DRAWINGS, OR BETWEEN EITHER, THE ITEMS OF GREATER QUANTITY OR HIGHER COST SHALL BE PROVIDED. 17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES IN ORDER TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 18. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF SPRINKLERS AND PIPING WITH CEILING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF BUILDING. MAKE MODIFICATIONS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 19. PROVIDE ALL HANGERS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 13. 20. PROVIDE ALL DRAINS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. 21. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE QUICK RESPONSE TYPE. 22. PENDENT MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE ALIGNED WITHIN NORMAL FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND WILL BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. 23. THE EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN BUILDING WAS HYDRAULICALLY CALCAULATED EXISTING EXISTING SPRINKLERS INDICATED HAVE BEEN REMOVED AND NO SPRINKLER HEADS HAVE BEEN ADDED WHICH DOES NOT EFFECT THE REMOTE ZONE. THE CHANGES MADE ON THIS PROJECT DO NOT EFFECT THE HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EXISTING SYSTEM. THEREFORE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. FIRE PROTECTION FP1.0 ABBREVIATIONS, LEGENDS, GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS FP2.0 FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION PARTIAL PLANS FIRE SPRWLER HEAD SCHEDULE SYMBOL NAME METAL FINISH TEMPERATURE K-FACTOR SIN N.P.T. ESCHUTCHEON MANUFACTURER MODEL 0 CONCEA ELED WHITE 155' F 5.6 VK462 1/2" FLUSH VIKING M QR INTERIOR SIDE OF WALL GYPSUM WALL MIN. 5/8" THICKNESS OF FILL METAL STUDS MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN ANNULUS FLUSH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL r PIPE CENTERED IN SLEEVE NOTES: v 1. UL SYSTEM NO. W-L-1054, F RATING 1 OR 2 HR 1 OR 2 HOUR P_P_ESLEEVE WALL PENETRATION DETAIL EXISTING BRANCH PIPING 1XISTING SECOND ELOOB Z i J EXISTING CEILING TO BE REMOVED REFER TO ARCH. DRAWINGS 1 ARMOVER ) CONNECT IU LX1511N6 BRANCH PIPING (VIF) EXISTING PENDANT SPRINKLER HEAD AND NIPPLE SHALL BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) NOT TO SCALE CONTINUOUS ALL THREADED ROD ADJUSTABLE HANGER (FM/UL APPROVED) 1" SCH. 40 NIPPLE REDUCER 12" MAX. NEW CONCEALED MOUNTED SPRINKLER NEW CEILING HEAD NEW CONCEALED MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEAD WITH NEW ARMOVER DETAIL NOT TO ICU Project No. 15017.00 FRI 4, 0 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc., $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ 0 "ell 10-k N u RLM N Go N b 11 00 ,;§- O Go 1 go te II F 3 i• v _ N s E 1 I I I E I 3 I _ 1 1 a f � j V : I I E I I I t I t i NEW CONCEALED MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEAD EXTEND AND CONNECT WITH NEW 1" ARMOVER TO EXISTING BRANCH PIPING (VIF TYPICAL) F r $ E FIRE PROTECTION PARTIAL 1ST FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION SCALE: 1/4R=1'-0" FIRE PROTECTION PARTIAL 1ST FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" Project No. 15017.00 P2,00 1 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc IBH/PK Architects, Inca $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ N 0 .r N O N Go -0 co b�o F_ ------- I 24V I I I I � I I I � I � I I I � I � I 1 i I � I � I � I O � I � j y jCONCEALED 3/8" FLEX W/3 1/2" EMT W/3 #12 THHN CU #12 THHN CU r -t 1 { + - - + FROM BRANCH CIRCUIT TO EXHAUST FAN SPEED CONTROL PROVIDED BY 10 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 4" SQ BOX W/EXTENSION RING 0 & 1 G SWITCH RS COVER O3 RIBUIS PILOT CONTROL RELAY PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ® THERMOTSAT CABLE P&I MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR EXHAUST FAN CONTROL DETAIL MC CABLE MC CABLE IS ALLOWED ON THIS PROJECT SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH BELOW AND ACCORDING TO PARAMETERS SET FORTH IN NEC 70 ARTICLE 330. 1 MC CABLE CAN BE USED TO CONNECT LUMINAIRES INSTALLED WITHIN AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING TO A JUNCTION BOX WHEN THE LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED SIX FEET. IN SUCH INSTALLATIONS, THE MC CABLE FITTINGS SHALL BE PERMITTED AS MEANS OF CABLE SUPPORT. 2 MC CABLE CAN BE USED TO CONNECT DEVICES INSTALLED CONCEALED INSIDE A WALL CAVITY. 3 MC CABLE CAN BE USED TO CONNECT THE LAST DEVICE IN A CIRCUIT TO A HOMERUN JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ON OR ADJACENT TO THE FRAMING TOP PLATE. 4 MC CABLE USE SHALL BE LIMITED TO #12 AND #10 COPPER CONDUCTORS. 5 MC CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES AND FRAMING MEMBERS. 6 MC CABLE SHALL BE USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS ONLY. HOMERUNS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 7 MC CABLE SHALL BE PROTECTED WHEN INSTALLED THROUGH OR RUN PARALLEL TO FRAMING MEMBERS SO THAT THE NEAREST OUTSIDE SURFACE IS AT LEAST 1 1/4" FROM THE NEAREST EDGE OF THE FRAMING MEMBER. WHEN THIS DISTANCE CAN NOT BE MAINTAINED, THE CABLE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM SCREW OR NAIL PENETRATION BY A STEEL PLATE, SLEEVE OR EQUIVALENT OF AT LEAST 1/16" THICK. 8 THE RADIUS OF INNER BEND IN CORRUGATED SHEATH MC CABLE SHALL BE GREATER THAN 4" FOR MC CABLE CONTAINING #12 CONDUCTORS AND 4.5" FOR MC CABLE CONTAINING #10 CONDUCTORS. 9 MC CABLES SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT LEAST EVERY 6' & WITHIN 12" OF EVERY BOX, FITTING OR OTHER TERMINATION. 10 MC CABLE SHALL BE REPLACED WHEN THE CORRUGATED SHEATH HAS SEPARATED AND IS NO LONGER INTERLOCKED. 11 MEDICAL GRADE MC CABLE SHALL BE USED IN PATIENT CARE AREAS BUT NOT IN BUSINESS OFFICES, CORRIDORS, LOUNGES, WAITING ROOMS AND SIMILAR AREAS PER 517.10(B). �-------------------I I I � I I � I � I � I � I � I � I � 1 i 0 i L - - i - - - - - - - - - - - - - J J j Y ICONCEALED 3/8" FLEX W/3 11/2" EMT W/3 #12 THHN CU #12 THHN CU r -1 I { + FROM BRANCH CIRCUIT TO EXHAUST FAN SPEED CONTROL PROVIDED BY O MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 4" SQ BOX W/EXTENSION RING & 2G SWITCH RS COVER O3 MOTOR STARTING SWITCH, Sm EXHAUST FAN DISCONNECT DETAIL DEDICATED WORKING SPACE l ^} I INSTALL THIS SIGN ON INSTALL THIS SIGNON THE EXTERIOR A PANEL IN EACH OF EACH TRICAL ROOM ELECTRICAL ROOM 6' ABOVE EQUIPMENT OR STRUCTURAL CEILING INSTALL 2' RED AND WHITE FLOOR TAPE, BRADY TOUGHSTRIP #104318, 36"/42" DEEP AND WIDTH OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT V �30" MINIMUM OR WIDTH OF EQUIPMENT 36" FOR VOLTAGE LESS THAN 300V 42" FOR VOLTAGE MORE THAN 300V NEC 110.26(E)- THE SPACE EQUAL TO THE WIDTH AND DEPTH OF THE EQUIPMENT AND EXTENDING TO A HEIGHT OF 6' ABOVE THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEDICATED TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. SPD INSTALLATION GROUND NEUTRAL BUS BUS NEUTRAL GROUND - SPD PHASE CONDUCTORS 1. CONNECT SPD TO BREAKER AS FOLLOWS: 2P30 FOR 1 PHASE 3P30 FOR 3 PHASE 2. RELOCATE BREAKER IN PANEL AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE THE SHORTEST WIRE LENGTH TO SPD. 3. DIRECT CONNECTION TO BUS IS NOT PERMITTED. 4. USE A CHASE NIPPLE CONNECTION VIA KNOCKOUT. 5. USE #10 AWG OR LARGER CONDUCTORS. 6. LIMIT WIRE LENGTH TO 18" OR LESS. 7. KEEP WIRE FREE OF ANY SHARP BENDS. 8. SPD TO BE MODULAR, UL 1449 3RD EDITION LISTED, 9. SPD TO BE UL 1283 CERTIFIED 10. SPD SHALL BE LABELED WITH 2O0kA SCCR 11. SPD SHALL BE UL LABELED AS TYPE 1 12. PEAK SINGLE IMPLUSE SURGE CURRENT RATING 250kA PER PHASE 13. 700V G - ®® EACH TV SYMBOL Q REPRESENTS PROVIDING AND INSTALLING A RECESSED TV BOX WITH A TERMINATED DATA AND/OR COAXIAL JACK AS PER RISER DIAGRAM. THE SYMBOL ALSO REPRESENTS PROVIDING AND INSTALLING A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AS SCHEDULED THAT IS NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND SHALL BE CIRCUITED AS SHOWN OR CONNECTED TO AN ADJACENT UN -SWITCHED RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. THE RECEPTACLE SHALL BE TAMPER RESISTANT IF IN A RESIDENTIAL OR LODGING OCCUPANCY. THE BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE HEIGHT PER ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED SO IT IS FULLY HIDDEN BEHIND THE FLUSH MOUNTED TV WHERE IT DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH THE MOUNTING SYSTEM. THIS RECEPTACLE SHALL BE LOCATED AT LEAST 6' FROM ANY WET AREA THAT WOULD REQUIRE A GFI RECEPTACLE AND IT IS NOT TO BE INCLUDED AS A CODE REQUIRED RECEPTACLE OR ACCESSIBLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE BOX AND/OR FIREPROOFING TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF WALL IF APPLICABLE. TV CONNECTION M MC ar o J M tK' NE 6' TOTAL UNM z 3, I: M W ,i• LIGl1DTx>'I1T w/o METAL pc iNTE EVERY 10' pX PC 212"-3" 8' STRAPPING TELEPHONE BOARD 1 1/2" x 2' STRUT W/STRAPS CEIM 2" EMT W/BUSHING BOTH ENDS GROUNDING BAR GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 4'x8' READYSPEC BACKBOARD BRANCH CIRCUIT QUAD RECEPTACLE 0 48" TOB 4" 2 HOLE STRAP AS BUILT HOLDER 4" x 25" PVC GLUE CAP TO PIPE & DRILL 3-1/4" DRAIN HOLES GRADE DATACOM LEGEND 011 DEVICE DATA, 3/4" EMT & 4"SQ W/SG PLASTER RING 02 2 DEVICE DATA, 3/4" EMT & 4"SQ W/2G PLASTER RING 24 DEVICE DATA, 1" EMT & 4"SQ W/2G PLASTER RING 0 2 DEVICE VOICE/DATA, 3/4" EMT & 4"SQ W/SG RING ® WIRELESS ACCESS POINT 4" SQ BOX, CHASE NIPPLE & BUSHING ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING CONDUIT OR CHASE INSTALLATION P&I EMT FROM DEVICE ® 16" BOB TO ACCESSIBLE ® CEILING SPACE, W/90 AT EXTERIOR WALLS ONLY & INSTALL ARLINGTON EMT INSULATING BUSHING ❑ P&I HUBBELL LOW VOLTAGE MOUNTING PLATE #8017 AT 16" BOB W/PULL STRING TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE CONDUCTOR AND DEVICE INSTALLATION ® CONDUCTORS AND DEVICE TERMINATIONS ARE BY OTHERS P&I ONE CAT6 CONDUCTOR FROM EACH DEVICE TO DATA BOARD. PULL CABLE TO FLOOR AT BOTH ENDS AND ❑ CUT. TERMINATE DEVICE W/ CAT6A RJ45 DEVICE AND IDENTIFY EACH CONDUCTOR AT BOTH ENDS NEC 70 THE ENGINEER OF RECORD HAS DESIGNED THIS PROJECT TO MEET THE MINIMUM STANDARDS SET FORTH BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, 2014. AS THE STATE OF FLORIDA HAS ADOPTED THE 2011 NEC, THE INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ANY 2011 CODE SECTION IF MORE STRINGENT. LUMINAIRE LEGEND A �° 2'x4' CEILING MOUNT A[] 2'X2' CEILING MOUNT A 0 1'X4' CEILING MOUNT As— 4' WALL MOUNT AOA❑ CEILING MOUNT A 2A 4 Wes- MOUNT A SURFACE MOUNT STRIP X ® m X EXIT SIGN, SINGLE OR DOUBLE FACE BATTERY EGRESS WALL MOUNT lc!n? EXIT/EGRESS A v TRACK LIGHTING LIGHTING CONTROLS INSTALL FULL NEUTRAL TO ALL SWITCHING DEVICES. INSTALL ALL AT 48" AFF TOB. $ SINGLE POLE, 20A, 120/277V, HUBBELL 1221 $3 THREE WAY, 20A, 120/277V, HUYBBELL 1223 $4 FOUR WAY, 20A, 120/277V, HUBBELL 1224 $T TWIST TIMER, 5 MINUTE, NO HOLD, INTERMATIC FF5M ® PHOTOCELL, TORK K2101 0 TIME SWITCH, TORK DZS200BP $p SWITCH WITH PILOT LIGHT. LEVITON 1221-PLR $M MOTOR STARTING SWITCH. LEVITON N1302-DS CEILING MOUNT LINE VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR Fo-sl WATTSTOPPER DT-355 os WALLMOUNT LINE VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR WATTSTOPPER WS-250 ED WALL MOUNT LINE VOLTAGE FAN/LIGHT OCCUPANCY SENSOR SENSORSWITCH WSD PDT 2P FAN COSCEILING MOUNT LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR WATTSTOPPER DT-300 ® WALL MOUNT LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR WATTSTOPPER DW-100 pp LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR POWER PACK WATTSTOPPER BZ-50 ® CEILING MOUNT LOW VOLTAGE DAYLIGHTING SENSOR WATTSTOPPER LS-301 ®DAYLIGHTING REMOTE CONTROLLER WATTSTOPPER LRS-301S GENERAL NOTES SHADED SYMBOLS INDICATE LUMINAIRES PROVIDED WITH EMERGENCY BACKUP POWER AND ARE SHOWN AS LIFE SAFETY BRANCH CIRCUIT E] CRITICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT BATTERY BACK UPIm SYMBOLS SHOWN WITH DASHED LINES INDICATE EXISTING WHERE THE SUBSCRIPTS INDICATE THE FOLLOWING: ER - Existing to Remain XD - eXisting to be Demolished EL - Existing to be reLocated EP - Existing to be rePlaced LINETYPE LEGEND �--� HOMERUN - UON, J" CONDUIT W/3 #12 THHN LP_1 CU CONCEALED IN WALL OR ABOVE CEILING WITH PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER SHOWN EXISTING CONDUIT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT - - - - - - LUMINAIRE SWITCHLEG •................ EMERGENCY CIRCUIT CAT 6A CABLING OH— OVERHEAD LINE ABBREVIATIONS A AMPERE AC ABOVE COUNTER AF AMPERE FRAME AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFCI ARC -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT AIC AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AL ALUMINUM ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH A/V AUDIO/VISUAL AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BOB BOTTOM OF BOX C CONDUIT CAT CATEGORY CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CH CHILLER CKT CIRCUIT CL CENTER LINE CLG CEILING CU COPPER DWG DRAWING EG, EGG EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EF EXHAUST FAN EM EMERGENCY EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING ENCL ENCLOSURE EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER EXIST, EX EXISTING FA FIRE ALARM FBO FURNISHED BY OWNER FCP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FACC FIRE ALARM COMMAND CENTER FATC FIRE ALARM TERMINAL CABINET FO FIBER OPTIC GFI, GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GND,G GROUND HOA HAND -OFF -AUTO HACR HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING -RATED HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HPF HIGH POWER FACTOR HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM HP HORSEPOWER IG ISOLATED GROUND IPTV INTERNET PROTOCOL TELEVISION J, JB JUNCTION BOX KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS KVA KILOVOLT AMPERE KW KILOWATT MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MH METAL HALIDE MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MTD MOUNTED NC NORMALLY CLOSED NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUF. ASSOCIATION NF NON -FUSED NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NL NIGHT LIGHT NO NORMALLY OPEN NTE NOT TO EXCEED 0 PHASE POE POWER OVER ETHERNET P&I PROVIDE AND INSTALL PB PUSHBUTTON PC PHOTOCELL PNL PANEL POTS PLAIN OLE TELEPHONE SYSTEM PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONDUIT RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT SCA SHORT CIRCUIT AVAILABLE AMPS SG SINGLE GANG SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE AS INDICATED STP SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLE STIR STRANDED WIRE SW SWITCH SWBD SWITCHBOARD TC TIME CLOCK TOB TOP OF BOX TP TWISTED PAIR CABLE TR TAMPER RESITANT TS TIME SWITCH TYP TYPICAL UG UNDERGROUND UH UNIT HEATER UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE V VOLT WAP WIRELESS ACCESS POINT WP WEATHER PROOF WR WEATHER RESISTANT XFMR TRANSFORMER 2G TWO GANG DEVICE COLOR ALL DEVICES INCLUDING SWITCHES & RECEPTACLES ARE WHITE IN COLOR. ALL DEVICE PLATES ARE STAINLESS STEEL AND SHALL BE LABELED WITH PANEL AND CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS. ALL DATACOM AND TV OUTLETS ARE WHITE. ELECTRIC NOTES 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LICENSED BY THE STATE OF FLORIDA ACCORDING TO CHAPTER 489, FLORIDA STATUTES AND SHALL PROVIDE FOR AND ACQUIRE ALL NECESSARY PERMIT(S) AND INSPECTIONS AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY(IES) HAVING JURISDICTION. 2 INSTALLATION SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, 2010 AND NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, 2014 UNLESS THE AN APPLICABLE SECTION OF THE ADOPTED NEC IS MORE STRINGENT. 3 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. 4 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE A THOROUGH EXAMINATION OF THE SITE CONDITIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 5 PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE APPROPRIATE UTILITIES FOR METERING, TRANSFORMER AND SERVICE CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS. 6 PROVIDE ANY AND ALL NECESSARY TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS OF EQUIPMENT, DEVICES OR LUMINAIRES AS MAY BE REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION. 7 CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED, RECESSED AND IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES. EXPOSED CONDUIT ON EXTERIOR WALLS ON FINISHED WALLS IS PROHIBITED. 8 CONDUIT SHALL BE EMT AND FITTINGS SHALL BE STEEL. FOR UNDERGROUND AND UNDER SLAB INSTALLATIONS, CONDUIT SHALL BE PVC OR IMC W/AN ASPHALTIC COATING. ENT OR "SMURF" TUBING IS NOT APPROVED. 9 ALL CONDUIT CUT ENDS SHALL BE REAMED PER NEC 358.28. 10 SEAL ALL CONDUITS WHERE THE CONDUIT CONNECTS AN INTERIOR CONDUIT BODY TO AN EXTERIOR CONDUIT BODY OR LUMINAIRE. 11 PVC CONDUIT INSTALLED UNDERGROUND SHALL BE A LEAST 12" UNDER SIDEWALKS, 24" UNDER PARKING LOTS AND DRIVEWAYS AND 18" IN ALL OTHER LOCATIONS PER NEC TABLE 300.5. 12 ALL UNDERGROUND CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS SHALL BE MARKED WITH A WARNING RIBBON AT LEAST 12" ABOVE THE CONDUIT OR CONDUCTOR PER NEC 300.5(3). 13 CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT INSTALLED EXPOSED TO DIRECT SUNLIGHT SHOULD BE DE -RATED DEPENDING ON THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE ROOF AND BOTTOM OF CONDUIT PER NEC 310.15(B)3(C) AND SHOULD BE INSTALLED USING THE APPROPRIATE SPACER. 14 PROVIDE AN INDEPENDENT MEANS OF SUPPORT FOR CONDUIT INSTALLED ABOVE A CEILING WHERE THEY ARE DISTINGUISHABLE BY COLOR, TAGGING OR OTHER EFFECTIVE MEANS. THE CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SUPPORT BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING WHERE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CEILING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 15 PROVIDE A MINIMUM 1 1 /2" SPACE BETWEEN METAL CORRUGATED SHEET ROOF DECKING AND ANY CABLE, CONDUCT OR BOX PER NEC 300.4(E). 16 PROVIDE AN INSULATED THROAT FITTING OR PLASTIC BUSHING FOR ALL 1" AND LARGER CONDUIT TERMINATIONS IN PANEL BOARDS, LOAD CENTERS, WIREWAYS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES. 17 PROVIDE GROUNDING BUSHINGS FOR ANY CONDUIT TERMINATIONS AT PANELS AND DISCONNECTS USING AT ECCENTRIC OR CONCENTRIC KNOCKOUTS OR WHEN REDUCING WASHERS ARE USED. BOND ALL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES TO GROUND. 18 ALL WIRE SHALL BE COPPER, THHN, THWN OR XHH. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE IS #12. AMPACITIES ARE CALCULATED USING THE 75'C COLUMN. 19 ALL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS OVER 100 FEET SHALL BE #10. SEE SCHEDULE THIS SHEET FOR LENGTH LIMITATIONS. 20 ALL WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE TERMINATED AT THE SCREW IN A CLOCKWISE DIRECTION. THE PUSH -IN TERMINATIONS SHALL NOT BE USED. 21 VOLTAGE DROP SHALL NOT EXCEED 2% FOR BRANCH AND 2% FOR FEEDER CIRCUITS. 22 ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COLOR CODED AS PER THE INDUSTRY STANDARD. 120/208V 277/480V PHASE A BLACK BROWN PHASE B RED ORANGE PHASE C BLUE YELLOW 23 INSTALL A FULL SIZE NEUTRAL TO ALL DEVICES INCLUDING SWITCHES. 24 TERMINATE NO MORE THAN ONE WIRE PER TERMINAL PER NEC 110.14A. 25 CONDUCTORS SHALL BE TWISTED TOGETHER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF TWIST ON CONNECTORS. 26 REFER TO DATA/COMM DETAIL FOR EXTENT OF INSTALLATION REQUIRED. 27 ALL BOXES SHALL BE A 4" SQUARE METAL BOX WITH THE APPROPRIATE RING. THE MAXIMUM GAP AROUND ANY RECESSED BOX SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/8" AND THE MAXIMUM SETBACK SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/4" PER NEC 314.20 & 314.21. 28 TO MEET ADA GUIDELINES AND MAINTAIN COURSE SPACING, ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED 48" TO TOP OF BOX OR 16" TO BOTTOM OF BOX. OUTLET BOXES INSTALLED OVER COUNTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 42" TO BOTTOM OF BOX. 29 VERIFY DOOR SWINGS AND BACKSPLASH HEIGHTS AT ROUGH IN. 30 STAGGER BACK TO BACK WALL BOXES IN ALL WALLS BY AT LEAST ONE STUD. 31 PROVIDE TAMPER RESISTANT AND WEATHER RESISTANT RECEPTACLES WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC 406.4. 32 PROVIDE IN USE COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES INSTALLED IN DAMP AND WET AREAS WITH THE APPROPRIATE DUTY PER NEC 406.9. 33 ALL PANEL BOARD BUS SHALL BE COPPER. 34 EACH LOAD CENTER AND DISCONNECTING MEANS SHALL BE MARKED TO INDICATE ITS PURPOSE, FEED, AND OF SUFFICIENT DURABILITY TO WITHSTAND THE ENVIRONMENT INVOLVED PER NEC 110.22. 35 PROVIDE A TYPED PANEL SCHEDULE REFLECTING INSTALLED CONDITIONS FOR ALL PANEL BOARDS WITH "SPACE" OR "SPARE" WRITTEN IN PENCIL. 36 INSTALL LOAD CENTERS AND DISCONNECTS SO THAT AT LEAST 3% FEET OF WORKING SPACE CAN BE MAINTAINED PER NEC 110.26 AND DETAIL THIS SHEET. 37 EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT PROTRUDE MORE THAN 6" INTO THE REQUIRED WORKING SPACE AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 38 "TYPICAL" NOTES APPLY TO ALL SIMILAR SITUATIONS. 39 PROVIDE A DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR EACH WATER HEATER PER FPC 504.3. 40 LABEL WITH A SHARPIE ALL JUNCTION BOX COVERS WITH CIRCUITS DESIGNATION CONTAINED WITHIN. 41 PROVIDE OPERATING AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TO THE OWNER FOR ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. 42 DEVICES IN VICINITY OF GAS CYLINDERS SHALL BE AT INSTALLED 60" TO BOTTOM OF BOX PER NFPA 99. 43 AN FS BOX IS NOT APPROVED AS A SUPPORT FOR A LUMINAIRE. 44 PROVIDE A DISCONNECTING MEANS IN ALL FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES THAT ARE INSTALLED NEW OR REPAIRED. 45 LUMINAIRES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 410.36. 46 PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION WITH CLOSE OUT DOCUMENT PROVING THAT ANY AND ALL BALLASTS AND LAMPS HAVE BEEN RECYCLED BY AN APPROVED RECYCLING VENDOR. 47 PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE FIRE STOP SYSTEM AND/OR FIRE CAULK AT ANY PENETRATION OF A RATED VERTICAL ASSEMBLY. 48 PENETRATIONS OF A RATED HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY WITH A METAL CONDUIT NOT EXCEEDING 6 INCH NOMINAL DIAMETER, INSTALL CONCRETE, GROUT, OR MORTAR THE FULL THICKNESS OF THE FLOOR AS REQUIRED BY FBC 713.4.1.1 SO TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. FOR MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS, REFER TO THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. 49 ALL JUNCTION BOXES ARE TO BE ACCESSIBLE PER NEC ARTICLE 100. 50 NOT ALL ITEMS, NOTES, DETAILS, ABBREVIATIONS, SCHEDULES AND LEGENDS ON THE SHEET MAY BE APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. 51 CONDUIT TERMINATION AT NEMA3R ENCLOSURES SHALL BE WITH MYERS HUBS FOR TOP PENETRATIONS AND LIQUID TIGHT SEALING RINGS OR SEALING LOCKNUTS FOR BOTTOM AND SIDE PENETRATIONS. 52 FOR ALL LUMINAIRES INSTALLED IN A CEILING GRID SYSTEM, INSTALL LISTED CLIPS SECURELY FASTENING THE LUMINAIRE TO THE CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS PER NEC 70-410.36(B). POWER LEGEND 0 JUNCTION BOX © LIGHT SUPPORT BOX, 50LBS STATIC Q FAN SUPPORT BOX, 70LBS DYNAMIC HP ELECTRIC MOTOR/EXHAUST FAN Fs-p-51 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE 0 PUSHBUTTON 48" AFF TOB Ii PANEL BOARD El TRANSFORMER ❑' DISCONNECT, 48" AFF CENTER NP COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT, 48" AFF CENTER ® VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE, 48" AFF CENTER ' ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER All DEVICES ARE MAIM 16" AFF BOB UON. ABOVE COUNTER DEVICES ARE INDICATED BY INTERIOR SHADING AND ARE RSTA110 AT 42" AFF BOB UON. 9 RECEPTACLE, 20A, HUBBELL 8300 RECEPTACLE, AC, 20A, HUBBELL 8300 IGQ , LEVITON IG5362 TOQQ DECORA, TAMPER RESISTANT, 20A, LEVITON TBR20 0 DECORA, TAMPER RESISTANT, USB, 20A, LEVITON T5832 USB 0 DECORA, GFCI, WEATHER RESI, 20A, LEVITON WR899 wpri GFCI, HUBBELL GFR83000HILA GFl q QUAD RECEPTACLE - DOUBLE DUPLEX, 20A, 120V up QUAD RECEPTACLE, AC, W/1 USB RECEPTACLE ® SPECIAL RECEPTACLE 1p SWITCH CONTROLLED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20A, 120V w/ CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE MARKING PER 406(E) ® DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN FLOOR BOX Mm QUAD RECEPTACLE IN FLOOR BOX 0 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND DATA IN FLOOR BOX 0 QUAD RECEPTACLE AND DATA IN FLOOR BOX DR @ 30A, 240V, 4 WIRE DRYER RECEPTACLE, LEVITON 279 R� 50A, 140V, 4 WIRE RANGE RECEPTACLE, LEVITON 278 TWIST LOCK RECEPTACLE, NEMA LX-XXR Q CLOCK RECEPTACLE, LEVITON 5261-CH 0 96" BOB '0 1 • NFPA 1, 2010 UNIFORM FIRE CODE, FL EDITION NFPA 20, 2010 FIRE PUMPS NFPA 70, 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA 72, 2010 FIRE ALARM & SIGNALING NFPA 99, 2012 HEALTH CARE FACILITIES NFPA 101, 2012 LIFE SAFETY CODE, FL EDITION NFPA 110, 2010 EMERGENCY & STANDBY SYSTEMS NFPA 720, CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTION NFPA 780, LIGHTNING PROTECTION NFPA 2001, 2012 CLEAN AGENT 2010 GUIDELINES FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION FOR HEALTH CARE FACILITIES 2014 FLORIDA BUILDING CODES CHAPTER 69A, FLORIDA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE I)RAWM INDEX E-1.0 LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES E-2.0 DEMOLITION AND NEW FEEDER PLAN E-3.0 NEW CONSTRUCTION - 0- SCHEDULES PORTABLE M I P N E-6.0 MRI ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 1 E-6.1 MRI ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ♦ , FCD MO,Q ' 0193 "1 ER i O�COR10P •������ NAL �?\��� 1111111\\\ U H 4� U N 00 U � M N O New 3 0 n ci 0 W 0000fw ate, a to 0 (U I 0 I O 0 •� � W f O u Q U Q a b -v 6 ti CIO y ft3 N A IR A T� ,C4 4� CC3 w C rW � V 0 . 4 W W to-4 H � W � M� p4 Project No. 15017.00 E1*0 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ MAN N \1 N ao N 0 S:4J 00 0 I co II N 0 M F"lm' ul I ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN ECDIAG EQDIAG DIAGD p Sec. LL_l_L_Ld PROPOSED ROUTE OF NEW FEEDER CONDUIT IN CEILIN SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL ROON SWITCH BANK DETAIL 1 116A L. L. FLOOR IN CHASE OR BACK SIDE OF READING ROOM Fq \I"'-- QUENCH VENT RISER TO REMAIN SECOND FLOOR POWER PLAN KEY NOTES O1 SEE PHOTO 1. RELOCATE OR SUPPORT CONDUITS WHERE NEW CONCRETE FLOOR IS REPLACING TILE. O DISCONNECT EXISTING MRI EQUIPMENT FOR REMOVAL BY OTHERS 30 LOCATION FOR NEW CORE DRIILL HOLE FOR NEW 2 1/2" C. ® ALL EXISTING RECEPTACLES TO REMAIN 55 SEE SWITCH BANK DETAIL 1 © AREA THAT CONDUIT DROPS FROM SECOND FLOOR 1 KP ER DL ER EP$ $$ v/1\ OER (bER XDXD X[ XD0 XO PHOTO *1 S 3 22 MAIN DISCONNECT CONTROL PANEL XXD (DEL —Au I -XD -XD' 2 <DXD __..... .. __ ............. FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-O" �\�illlfill/�� p�RD M p,Q 404PI;7 GI1EEIRING, INC. pF Lu ; �STA lV �� �rTo. �� e PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS 3203 QUEEN PALM DRIVE N� fie\\ TAMPA, PHONE(6488 1II111 FAX (813) 241-6498 Board of ProfaWml Engirmn - Umm / 273M Project No. 15017.00 E2,00. e ©2015 Bff/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ BFE 6' Diameter Virtual Skylight WIRING DIAGRAM N N 00 N 0 o N _ 00 N 0 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TAG QTY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER VOLTS LAMP TYPE FIXTURE VA LUMENS MOUNT LOCATION NOTES TAG A 2 2'X2' LED I/D HE WILLIAMS DIS SS LEDPH36/840 WPR UNV UNV LED 64 3600 RECESSED CONTROL A B 2 2'X2' LED HE WILLIAMS 50 G S22-LED'UT41/840 A AF12125 UNV UNV LED 47 4100 RECESSED STORAGE B C 3 2'X4' LED HE WILLIAMS 50 G S24 LED'UT 90/840 A AF12125 UNV UNV LED 56 6000 RECESSED EQUIP C D 12 LED CAN EVERBRITE XLS3.0 40 120 R C WM 120 LED 45 2028 RECESSED MRI 1 D F 1 VIRTUAL SKYLIGHT BFE ENCLOSURE/CAMERA/SERVER 120/12VDC LED 85.5 SURFACE MRI 2 F U 1 EG 20 L F CO L EL I 1 RED IN USE LIGHT BEGHELLI ATX HT LR 1 WSW 120 LED WALL ABOVE DOO 3 IU 0 NOTES 1 MRI SAFE LIGHTING SYSTEM. PROVIDE MEDLUXXLS LED LIGHTING DIMMER SYSTEM 2 FURNISHED BY OWNER. INSTALLED BE EC. STARTUP BY OTHERS. 3 "MRI IN USE" 4 5 EXISTING CONDUIT CHASE KEY NOTES O 1 1/4" C. W/3 #2 THHN CU & 1 #8 G. DERATED 30-F FOR ROOFTOP INSTALLATION AT LEAST 3 1/2" ABOVE ROOFTOP PER NEC 310.15(B)(S)(c) O2 100/NF/3/3R 600V DISCONNECT W/STRUT SUPPORT 1 O3 I C T LES WITH GFI AND INS TA HEAVY DUTY IN USE OV R 4 DISCONNECT MRI CONDENSER AND REMOVE DISCONNECT AND FLEX BACK TO JUNCTION BOX INSTALL SOLID MYERS HUB IN TOP OFFS BOX AND INSTALL O NEW BLANK PLATE AND GASKET. MAKE CONDUCTORS SAFE AND INSTALL SILICONE IN TOP OF CONDUIT. MARK CIRCUIT NUMBERS ON INSIDE OF COVER © EXISTING COVERED CONDUIT CHASE W/COVER TO BELOW (D ARLINGTON RTS4 ROOF TOPPER SUPPORT W/SPACING NTE 3' NEW MRI CHILLER EXISTING LIEBERT CONDENSER TO REMAIN 5 J ELECTRICAL PLAN -THIRD FLOOR ROOF SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" CONTROL ROOM RL D-79 Mod Lux DtMMER pCONTROL V�L1 00 DIM BAZIN DIM A 21 TE R,M I NAI. BLOCK WIRING V✓AC R2 V-lAC - B2 DIM Br'GND = Bi Div A = R1 EQUIPMENT ROOM FACILITY FILTER L OUTPUT N L GND N INPUT1.M XLS SYSTEM RESET SWATCH SIPSTLUTI BRANCH CIRCUIT - 120VAC, 20A ( ELECTRICA.L BOX RLD-133, 16VAC / r 8ELL 71RANSFORMEN PART NO, EW10OM24, 4 #18AWG PLTC GABLE, 4 CONDUCTOR. 2-TWISTED PAIR, RED 1 B�AC K = R US 1 RED r BLACK = R2W NOT = S! 1 MUST BE GROUNDED OR BONDED PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND ALL LOCAL ELECTRIC CODES. 2- DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN 32 XLS LIGHTMODULES PER BRANCH CIRCUIT 3, DO NOT CCNNECT MORE TMAN 26 XI S LIGHT MODULES PER MEDLUX DILIMER CONTROL. 4. FIXTURE J-BOX NOT RATED FOR TFRU WIRING _ DIMMER POWER CABLE: PLTC,18.2 OR EQ UrVALENT OUTPUT R2 c 2 1 I BLfcx Cz IS gi L R1 1 1 BLUE 8 INPUT VIOLET SIGNAL FILTER MRl SHIELD ROOM EMI SEAL GASKET ANDLOCMUT ,.— FIL TERED 120 VAC 3 C.ONO , N12AW0 xLS — JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION BOX l SEE NOTE 4 (I v 4t 11 —1 n PENETRATION ){ H:OL�4 PANEL L:! RLD-36 CABLES TYP , 10 FT. .- s DIMMER GONNECTICiN BOX LQ Ln J2 RLD-37 CABLE`25 F� ` XLS DIMMER CONNECTION JACk LIGHT y — EMI SEAL CASKET AND LOCKNUT FIXTURE WIRE Nt1 20 VAG WIRE LOW VOLTAGE -- PLENUM CABLE LUMINAIRE TYPE D L I G H SING MEDLUX ' MRI GC)Mi3AIIDLL. XLS LIGHTING SYS fEhf DIAGRAM CONTROL ROOM DIMMER INSTALLATION o;i v.n zota MR1 ROOM (6) Pie w; o i'aI is tl' i?�& rater Round Skylight Watts: 14.25 each ELECTRICAL CLOSET NOW-D02FP Q+ uW Constant Voltage Dimmer Switch LEDDimmerlNil - + cl- �1 I I LPV-60-12 Mean Well NEUTAM, + - 12V [ED Power supply I01) urw nleN WATAGE V011AEE '"....... -_ w111NG .V111pKi RF . NOW-D02FP + Filters� Constant Voltage - LET) Dimmer tnzl not include livl>Iecl + 14awg, 2 conductor, 105 strand, CM/CL3 secondary LPV-60-12 wire from connection Mean Well 12V LED Power Supply 012) "LEDs are located around the outside radius. - Wiring and Installation Specifics • Each LED Actual Panel Size - 35.5"x 35.08" • Total number of Panels: 6 • Total weight: Approx 116.4lbs • Unit will include: o (6) Pie -Shaped LED Panels cut to size above o (2) Illuni Constant Voltage LED Dimmer o (2) Mean Well* LPV 60-12 12V LED Power Suppler o (1) Leviton Decora" slider dimming control switch (one switch will operate multiple units) o (50ft) of 14awg, 2 conductor, 105 strand, CM/CL3 secondary wire Installation • (1) power supply and (1) dimming module will supply power to (3) Pie -Shaped LED Panels • The primary wiring pre -attached to the LED panel is 20awg wire, which should be connected to the 14awg secondary wire which then should be attached to the RF filter located within the shielded room. • THE (21 RE(UIRED R(FILTERS ARE NOT PROVIDED DY BFE • Within the electrical closet (outside of the shielded room) the secondary wire should be connected to the RF filter; the dimming module and power supply should be wired according to the diagram above. • The control switch is wired as shown above in a convenient place to easily be operated outside of the shielded room. • The LED Panel sits in the Suspended Ceiling "T" track on top of the Image Panel - no mounting or support wires. LUMINAIRE TYPE F MR-21 NEW D02FP DIMMERS FBO "MRI IN USE" LIGHT CAT6A TO IDF 4� \ MR-15 LPV POWER SUPPLIES FBO � T A A NEW SMOKE DETECTOR B / \ 1-� \ Fj II i 3/4" EMT W/SINGLE MODE cL F cic FIBER MR-17 / _ lD qB ulD3 / 1 O F O I I I I / I (DEL )(D i \ � I � !3 I I ELECTRICAL PLAN -FIRST FLOOR SCALE: 1/4"=1'-O" 0 KEY NOTES O CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT ECHD1-1 O2 RELOCATED RED SWITCH & PLATE SO TO MISS NEW PARTITION O3 RECONNECT LIGHT AT DOOR TO EXISTING EMERGENCY LIGHTING > CIRCUIT > ® RELOCATE EPO TO MISS NEW PARTITION O5 COORDINATE LOCATION OF MDS W/MRI VENDOR - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - hf �A`I i'� GINEEhING, INC. a : e No. 0193 1 � R '0 A O Qj PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS 3 QUEEN PALM DRIVE /"s OI MPA, FLORIDA 33619 /0 \\PHONE (813) 241-6488 0111 I I I\ ���Boo of mi l 3E 1-bum: III 273M U C!� U ct� • !�1 kr 1,D CV O (V 00 `71- U O rn M `V O N� o M cC M CV r O U -bCIZI O . w o T-z r_� U O 0 oo " A-. 1 lf� CD I OD 0 I 0 .2 C, W O U Q U Q n , oG Q Cl) .r__4 � N O ct F—I - .--4 CIO ct rI 1 U ct Project No. 15017.00E3.00 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ C'4 9 CV ao 10 AMPS:800 MOUNT: SURFACE PANEL: DIAGDP (Existing) MAIN MODEL IILLIINEKER ENCLOSUAIIC: ENEMA 18,0001 SERVICE: 2771 480 V, 34), 4W SUBFEED LUGS: YES LOCATION: 2nd FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM CKT BREAKERJCONNECTEDLOAD(KVA) BREAKER CKT NUM DESCRIPTION CODE A PCA B C A P CODE DESCRIPTION NUM 1 TRANSFORMER 1 45 3('r 0 00s 20 3 MRI LIEBERT CONDENSOR 2 3 TRANSFORMER 1 0.00 ',� ', 000 MRI LIEBERT CONDENSOR 4 5 TRANSFORMER 1 " 0.00 0.00 MRI LIEBERT CONDENSOR 6 7 VF-1 15 3 000 +. 3 SPACE 8 9 VF-1 0.00 SPACE 10 11 VF-1 0.00 0.00 SPACE 12 13 TVSS 60 3 0.00 000 50 3 LIEBERT MRI 14 15 TVSS 0.00 0.00 LIEBERT MRI 16 17 TVSS 000 0.00 LIEBERT MRI 18 19 SPACE 3 0.0 000 110 3 TRANSFOMER LNDRA 20 21 SPACE 0.0 0 00 TRANSFOMER LNDRA 22 23 SPACE 0.00 0.00 TRANSFOMER LNDRA 24 25 SPACE 3 0.00 0.00 RM 200 3 IPANEL HNDRA 26 27 SPACE 0.00 000 IPANEL HNDRA 28 29 SPACE 0,00 0.00 1 1 1 1"NEL HNDRA 30 31 SPACE 3 0.00 0.00 150 3 TRANFORMER 1LN1 32 33 SPACE 000 - 000 pq= r 1 ITRANFORMERILNI 34 35 SPACE 000 0.00 TRANFORMERILNI 36 37 SPACE 3 0.00 0.00 3 SPACE 38 39 SPACE 0.00 00 SPACE 40 41 ISPACE 000 0.00 SPACE 42 43 SPACE 3 00 0.00 %i°' 3 SPACE 44 45 SPACE (Hill. 000 try° SPACE 46 47 SPACE 000 0.00 SPACE 48 49 SPACE 3 0.00 0.00 3 IVACE 50 51 SPACE 0.00 D 00 SPACE 52 53 ISPACE 0.00 0.00 SPACE 54 55 MRI 70 3 0.00 0,00 100 3 CT ROOM 137 56 57 MRI 0.00 0 00 CT ROOM 137 58 59 MRI 000 0.00 ICT ROOM 137 60 61 TRANSFORMER T4 175 3 0.00 0.00 80 1 3 1 IXRAY101 62 63 TRANSFORMER T4 0.00 000 XRAY 101 64 65 TRANSFORMER T4 0,00 0.00 XRAY 101 66 67 NHD2 100 3 0.00 1 000 80 3 1 IXRAY108 68 69 NHD2 0.00 0.00 XRAY 108 70 71 NHD2 0.00 0.00 XRAY 108 72 73 RF ROOM 160 80 3 0.00 0 00 60 3 MR TRANSFORMER 74 75 RF ROOM 160 °IM 0.00 0.00 y0.00 MR TRANSFORMER 76 77 RF ROOM 160 RIA11111M 0,00 y MR TRANSFORMER 78 79 RF ROOM 149 80 3 0,00 0.00 100 3 XRAY 162 80 81 RF ROOM 149 0.0 0.00 IXRAY162 82 83 RF ROOM 149 0.00 0.00 IXRAY162 84 o.0 0.0 0.0 00 1 0.0 0.0 CONNECTED DEMAND DEMAND MIN NEC MIN NEC LOAD (KVA) FACTOR LOAD (KVA) LOAD (KVA) LOAD (AMPS) LIGHTING (LTG) 0.0 1.25 0.0 00 PER NEC 215.3 RECEPTACLES (REC) 0.0 0.0 0.0 "PER NEC 220.44 AC (NON COINCID)(AC NC) 0.0 1,0 0.0 0.0 *PER NEC 220.60 HEAT (NON COINCID)(H NC) 0,0 1.0 0.0 0.0 PER NEC 220.60 HVAC (COINCID)(HVAC C) 0.0 1,0 0.0 0.0 EQUIPMENT (EQ) 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 MOTORS (MTR) 0.0 1,0 0.0 0.0 LARGEST MOTOR 0.0 1.25 0.0 00 "PER NEC 430.24 MISCELLANEOUS (MISC) 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 TOTAL &0 00 00 0.0 AMPS CURRENT IN. AMPERES 0 0 0 1 _ 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 1000 1000 800 8D0 600 600 400 400 200 200 100 R9e�+�1w:Lu a� v ; JARE 0 100 Type FfE. M::s:xcrs:: 80 kff 80 Tdr, 8L>;'i 0A 80 Plug 8009A 60 VP849•. 480.0 V-m--_-......._..�..._ 40 S4tti[z8s: W:ase ', L`:?U 7 0 fE90ai 4D 02 `[TPU- 25 2OO:A . 1 SL` (i t (1^N Or'. �' 4 0 •3200?•; 20 10 ,0 8 9 6 j Nerre' JJ 2`,A3A 6 �p I M.""baur•r SQUARE C, m ! Typ•: P-P-i i W- .ie 3 .. 4 4 z F.-AAadel..iJ _ TI:P250.0 A m Fiug: 260 0 A --- p f t Vox.ge. 480.0 V ZO LTPU 00..5Ca+. ,60 '_'�0A, L ID'14x i 0 60 0.60 060 0.60 0.40 Li 040 0.20 0,20 0.10 0.10 008 0.08 006 0,06 004 0.04 002 0,02 001 0.01 0 0 0 1 _ 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 8 8 8 8 8 Y ry m m y CU RRENT IN AMPERES - Name. MRI CIRCUIT.tcc Current Scale x 10 Reference Voltage 480 August 25, 2015 Power System Engineering COORDINATION STUDY AMPS:800 MOUNT SURFACE PANEL: DIAGDP (Revised) MODEL: IILLIINEKER EMA ENCLOSURE:AIC1'8,D 01 SERVICE: 2771 480 V, 3m, 4W SUBFEED LUGS: YES LOCATION. 2nd FL ELECTRICAL ROOM CKT BREAKER CONNECTED LOAD (KVA) BREAKER CKT NUM DESCRIPTION CODE A P A B C A B C A P CODE DESCRIPTION NUM 1 TRANSFORMER 1 b NER 45 3 0.00 0.00 20 1 3 MRI LIEBERT CONDENSOR 2 3 TRANSFORMER 1 to NER 0.0 0.00 MRI LIEBERT CONDENSOR 4 5 TRANSFORMER 1 b NER 000 0,00 MRI LIEBERT CONDENSOR 6 7 VF-1 15 3 1 0.00 0.00 3 SPACE 8 9 VF-1 0,00 0.00 SPACE 10 11 VF-1 0.0 0.00 SPACE 12 13 TVSS 60 3 0.00 0.00 50 3 LIEBERT AHU 14 15 TVSS 0.00 0.0 ILIEBERT AHU 16 17 TVSS 0.00 0.00 LIEBERT AHU 18 19 SPACE 1 3 0.00 000 110 3 TRANSFOMERLNDRA 20 21 SPACE EM 0.00 TRANSFOMER LNDRA 22 23 SPACE 0.00 0.00 TRANSFOMER LNDRA 24 25 ISPACE 3 0.00 0.00 200 3 PANEL HNDRA 26 27 SPACE 0.0 0.00 PANEL HNDRA 28 29 SPACE 0,00 0.00 PANEL HNDRA 30 31 SPACE 3 0.00 0.00 150 3 TRANFORMER 1LN1 32 33 SPACE 0.00 0.00 TRANFORMERILNI 34 35 SPACE 0.00 0.00 TRANFORMER 1LN1 36 37 SPACE 3 1 0.00 0.00 250 3 NEW SIEMENS MRI 38 39 SPACE gem 0.00 0.00 NEW SIEMENS MRI 40 41 SPACE ffINIJIM 0.00 0.00 NEW SIEMENS MRI 42 43 SPACE 3 1 0.00 01111lM 0.00 3 SPACE 44 45 SPACE FM 0.00-JM 0.00 SPACE 46 47 SPACE MERM0,00 0.00 SPACE 48 49 SPACE 3 0.00 0.00 SUBFEED 50 51 SPACE 0.00 0.00 JSUBFEED 52 53 SPACE 0,00 0,00 SUBFEED 54 55 SPARE 70 3 0.00 0.00 100 3 CT ROOM 137 56 57 SPARE 0.00 U. CT ROOM 137 58 59 ISPARE 0.00 0.00 CT ROOM 137 60 61 TRANSFORMER T4 b NLD1 175 3 0.00 0.00 80 3 XRAY 101 62 63 ITRANSFORMER T4 b NLD1 ffm 0.00 0.00 XRAY 101 64 65 ITRANSFORMER T4 b NLD1 JMJJJffJtff= 0.00 0.00 XRAY 101 66 67 NHD2 100 3 1 0.00 WilffiJIM 1 0.00 80 3 XRAY 108 68 69 NHD2 KKM 0,00 0.00 XRAY 108 70 71 NHD2 0.00 0.00 XRAY 108 72 73 RF ROOM 160 80 3 0.00 0.00 60 3 MR TRANSFORMER 74 75 RF ROOM 160 0.00 0.00 MR TRANSFORMER 76 77 RF ROOM 160 0.00 0.00 MR TRANSFORMER 78 79 RF ROOM 149 80 3 0.00 0.00 100 3 XRAY 162 80 81 RF ROOM 149 0,00 0.00 IXRAY162 82 83 RF ROOM 149 0.00 0.00 XRAY 162 84 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 CONNECTED DEMAND DEMAND MIN NEC MIN NEC LOAD (KVA) FACTOR LOAD (KVA) LOAD (KVA) LOAD (AMPS) LIGHTING (LTG) 0.0 1.25 0.0 0.0 PER NEC 215 3 RECEPTACLES (REC) 0.0 0.0 0.0 ' PER NEC 220 44 AC (NON COINCID)(AC NC) 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 "PER NEC 220.60 HEAT (NON COINCID)(H NC) 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 "PER NEC 220.60 HVAC (COINCID)(HVAC C) 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 EQUIPMENT (EQ) 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 MOTORS (MTR) 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 LARGEST MOTOR 0.0 1.25 0.0 0.0 `PER NEC 430.24 MISCELLANEOUS (LC) 0.0 1.0 0,0 0.0 TOTAL 0.0 0.0 00 0.0 AMPS KEY NOTES O CONNECT NEW MRI CHILLER FBO O 1 1/4 LT FLEX W/3 #2 THHN CU & #8 CU G. Q 100/NF/3/3R 600V HD DISCONNECT ® 1 1/4 EMT W/3 #2 THHN CU & #8 CU G. OCONNECT INTEGRATED ELECTRICAL CABINET FBO. SEE SIEMENS S ET E-101 1 © 1 1/4" EMT W/3 #2 THHN CU & #8 CU G. 7D CONNECT UPS FURNISHED BY OTHERS ® 2 1 /2 EMT W/3 250kcmil THHN CU & #2 CU G. O 400/NF/3/1 600V HD DISCONNECT 10 2 1 /2 EMT W/3 250kcmil THHN CU & #2 CU G. 1 11 NEW SQUARE D 250/3 JJ BREAKER. SEE COORDINATION STUDY. PANEL. MR SERVICE. 1201 208 V, 3m, 4W AMPS: 150 MAIN: LUGS MODEL: NQOD MOUNT: SURFACE ENCLOSURE: NEMA1 AIC18,000 LOCATION: MRI EQUIPMENT ROOM CKT NUM DESCRIPTION CODE BREAKER CONNECTED LOAD (KVA) BREAKER CODE DESCRIPTION CKT NUM A P A B C A B C A P 1 MRI RECEPT CEILING REC 30 1 0.36 0.36 20 1 REC MRI ROOM 129 RECEPT 2 3 CONTROL ROOM RECEPTACLES REC 20 1 0.36 0.36 20 1 REC MRI ROOM 129 RECEPT 4 5 CONTROL ROOM RECEPTACLES REC 20 1 0.36 0.36 20 1 REC MRI ROOM 129 RECEPT 6 7 COMPUTER QUAD REC 20 1 0,36 0.54 20 1 REC EQ ROOM 124 RECEPT 8 9 SPOT COOLER EQ 30 2 0.00 0.0 30 3 EQ CHILLER 10 11 SPOT COOLER EQ 0.0 0.00 EQ CHILLER 12 13 SPECTRA 125v REC 30 1 0.00 0.0 EQ CHILLER 14 15 SPARE 20 1 0.00 0.00 20 1 REC CHILLER CONDENSOR 16 17 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.00 20 1 REC CHILLER CONDENSOR 18 19 SPARE 20 1 0.00 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 20 21 SPARE 20 1 0,00 0.00 20 1 REC SPARE 22 23 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.00 20 1 REC SPARE 24 25 SPARE 1 20 1 0.00 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 26 27 SPARE 20 1 0,00 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 28 29 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.00 20 1 REC SPARE 30 31 SPARE 20 1 0.00 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 32 33 SPARE 20 1 0.00 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 34 35 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.00 20 1 REC SPARE 36 37 SPD 30 3 0.00 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 38 39 SPD 0.00 0.00 20 1 REC SPARE 40 41 ISPID 0.00 0.00 20 1 1 REC ISPARE 42 LIGHTING (LTG) RECEPTACLES (REC) AC (NON COINCID)(AC NC) HEAT (NON COINCID)(H NC) HVAC (COINCID)(HVAC C) EQUIPMENT (EQ) MOTORS (MTR) LARGEST MOTOR MISCELLANEOUS (MISC) TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD (KVA) 0.0 3.1 0.0 00 0.0 00 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.1 07 0.4 DEMAND DEMAND FACTOR LOAD (KVA) 1.25 0.0 3.1 10 0.0 10 &0 1.0 0.0 10 00 1.0 0.0 1.25 0.0 1.0 0.0 3.1 04 0.9 MIN NEC LOAD (KVA) 0.0 3.1 00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.1 04 04 MIN NEC LOAD (AMPS) PER NEC 215,3 PER NEC 220 44 PER NEC 220.60 PER NEC 220.60 PER NEC 220,88 = 80% For Restaurants 'PER NEC 430.24 8.5 AMPS PANEL: MR SERVICE. 1201 208 V, 3m, 4W REVISED AMPS: 150 MAIN: LUGS MODEL: NQOD MOUNT: SURFACE ENCLOSURE: NEMA1 AIC: 10,000 LOCATION: MRI EQUIPMENT ROOM CKT NUM DESCRIPTION CODE BREAKER CONNECTED LOAD (KVA) BREAKER CODE DESCRIPTION CKT NUM A I P A B C A B C A P 1 MRI RECEPT CEILING REC 30 1 0.36 0.36 20 1 REC MRI ROOM 129 RECEPT 2 3 CONTROL ROOM RECEPTACLES REC 20 1 0.36 0.36 20 1 REC MRI ROOM 129 RECEPT 4 5 CONTROL ROOM RECEPTACLES REC 20 1 0.36 0.36 20 1 REC MRI ROOM 129 RECEPT 6 7 COMPUTERQUAD REC 20 1 0.36 0.54 20 1 REC EQ ROOM 124 RECEPT 8 9 SPOT COOLER EQ 30 2 0.00 0.0 30 3 EQ SPARE 10 11 SPOT COOLER EQ REC 30 0.0 0.0 EQ EQ SPARE SPARE 12 13 SPECTRA 125v 1 0.0 0.00 14 15 VIRTUAL SKYLIGHT SERVER REC 20 1 0.50 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 16 17 VIRTUAL SKYLIIGHT CAMERA REC 20 1 0.50 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 18 19 VIRTUAL SKYLIGHT SERVER MRI LIGHTING REC 20 1 0.50 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE SPARE 20 22 21 LTG 20 1 0.67 0.0 20 1 REC 23 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 24 25 27 SPARE SPARE 20 20 1 1 0.0 0.0 20 1 1 REC REC SPARE SPARE 26 28 0.00 0.0 20 29 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 30 31 SPARE SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE SPARE 32 33 20 1 0.00 0.0 20 1 REC 34 35 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 36 37 SPD 30 3 0.0 0.0 20 1 REC SPARE 38 39 ISPID 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 20 1 1 REC REC SPARE SPARE 40 41 SPD 42 LIGHTING (LTG) RECEPTACLES (REC) AC (NON COINCID)(AC INC) HEAT (NON COINCID)(H NC) HVAC (COINCID)(HVAC C) EQUIPMENT (EQ) MOTORS(li LARGEST MOTOR MISCELLANEOUS (MISC) TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD (KVA) C.7 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.2 1.2 1 1.5 DEMAND DEMAND FACTOR LOAD (KVA) 1.25 0.7 4.6 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.25 0.0 1.0 0.0 5.2 0.9 0.9 MIN NEC LOAD (KVA) 0.8 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 &0 0.0 5.4 0A 0.4 MIN NEC LOAD (AMPS) PER NEC 215.3 PER NEC 220.44 PER NEC 220.60 PER NEC 220.60 PER NEC 220.88 = 80%For Restaurants PER NEC 430.24 15.0 AMPS MAIN SWITCHBOARD MSB 277/480 30 4W 4000A SQUARE D QED 2 SCA 54995 AIC 65000 1200A -. 3P NE N I I ' 4000A M 600A 800A 250A 300A 800A 800A ■.- 3P .. 3P 3P 3P 3P •• 3P 3P 3P ----- - SE ME ME ME LE LE ME ME I I I I tL----- I_____- _ I EXISTING UTILITY 1 TRA RMER 1 I 14-SooK 1 EXISTING INCOMING SERVICE PRIMARY 10 DIAOP SEC 2 < DIAGDP SEC 1 11 I 250/3 QI I __N_______-__1►----------M-----------w----------1--.----_--M I ATS I EAB 1LJ/ J 6J, J 100/3 '" 60 3 80 3 80/3 '" 100/3 •� 80 3 ' 80 3 " 100/3 175 3 " 70 3 -i.- I -�.. I i.- 1150/3 I" '� 200/3 1` '� ;110/3 I i' 50/3 1_� - i._ i 20/3I_ ... i �_,. I_i._ i t_i._ I_i._ .. 60/3 C ..- 15/3 �• 45/3 / // // / t ATS ATS - - I I I I ' 1 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM 4-35oK 500KCM 1 2G-3'C. 1 /OG-3'C PRD I M0�� \\ R _zz- �PI�. 1 � TG, INC. 1 .40193 `L y, 1 / S TE IF 144U` PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS / G\� QUEEN PALM DRIVE �- PA, FLORIDA 33619 // ' N FAX (818813) 26 98 18 / 11 I I I 9oora of Prof«.ial Erg MM - Umm J 273M �U�.y.�1 U . r..4 U y� v.�.J • r-I �D N U O � M N � M C's M 1,0 N .�� C's d O 7:11 U � O o ��z U a., Q tf') 0 Cu I CD 0 I 0 r-1 i~ O � Z tx � O U Q U a a 0 P c N � Qa Q o 5 G 0 r� N `v o ct V1 I-� 4> W N V Ct M-I Project No. 15017.00 E4,00 ®2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ 9/29/2015 12-.10:05 PM F UK0.' IV.I N N 0 u 0 9 cV 00 N - 00 V, A, Hz, TH D graph ME W1 CuoegAvgCAlA ,1 CweNAvgVIB MI CurrnlAWgW1C Graph Options: Logging Sessions t-CUNIUFA HUZnF i I AL 7FPHYR1 II 1 S Left Scale Options Current [A] ID 1 Ll L2 L3 Total (A) (B) (D) X X X MinlMax mi _.I A MiRw Stow Lkw ..:l C t t -u 104, t V'*tb. > PANEL DIAGDP LOAD HISTORY LIGHTING PROTECTION SYSTEM EXTENSION EXISTING RECEPTACLE FSA SO TYPICAL EXISTING LIGHTNING PROTECTION TERMINAL AT APPROX 17' HEIGHT KEY NOTES O1 EXISTING 300/150/3/3R 600V DISCONNECT OEXISTING RUSSELLSTOLL MAX GARD DF2504FRAB PIN & SLEEVE RECEPTACLE O3 EXISTING DATA AND VOICE CAT5 JACK, PET 41 ®PORTABLE MRI VENDOR TO PROVIDE NECESSARY POWER AND COMMUNICATION EXTENSION CORDS. O5 PROVIDE EXTENSION OF EXISTING COPPER CLASS 1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM. © PROVIDE STRIKE TERMINALS NTE 20' SPACING OINSTALL DOWNLEAD IN 3/4" PVC TO DRIVEN J" X 10' COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD O8 NURSECALL EXTENSION PROVIDED THROUGH HOSPITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THE PORTABLE MRI TRAILER HAS A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITH OPULL STATION AND SMOKE DETECTORS WITH AN AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION DEVICE INSTALL ON THE EXTERIOR PER FGI 5.1-8.6.1.2. PORTABLE MRI INSTALLATION TYPICAL EXISTING LIGHTNING PROTECTION TERMINAL AT - APPROX 17' HEIGHT PROVIDE 1" PVC FOR COMMUNICATION CABLES. STRAP CONDUIT TO PAVEMENT AND COLUMN. TERMINATE CONDUIT UNDER TRAILER AND COLUMN MOUNTED BOX .. L f PROVIDE 3" PVC FOR POWER CABLES. STRAP CONDUIT TO PAVEMENT AND COLUMN. TERMINATE CONDUIT UNDER TRAILER AND COLUMN MOUNTED RECEPTACLE. CONFIRM CONDUIT SIZE 1 1 I I I I i I 1 I I l I ( i 12.5' A/C A/C I � 1 `II This (Tf(1 gxbs Ad fcr jr I A . .................... t/fENGINEERING, INC. S�. y 93 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS QUEEN PALM DRIVE MPA, FLORIDA 33619 FtPI(INE (813) 241-6488 FAX 241-6498 (813) fI Enylnwn — Ic / 27&% U F--•I 4-4 Q� U aQ N O N 00 U O � M ...r 0 M 03 � Z 'OO o � o �C'lz to 0 N i co 0 i 0 o � F- z w a U Q U Q a a> Ct nl Q Q c F- q V� a.� N ct cV rTl • I-� O 1� 1� O 1 U w t C'� � N Wll M--a 1� W Project No. 15017.00 E5,0 0 ©2015 BHIPK Architects, Inc. I AFT 4 AFTi-& +F r- ♦ & 4P IL-f .P IIIVIL.P .WI ILLn4p //llill�d�' N 0 e c 00 CV o INSTALLATION INFORMATION i A-14 Fatan 9390UPS f100-160WA) Inataliation and Operatlon Manual 16420160t Ruv Ewww.aatomcomlpovraquatity r403 o bonding jumper Table G. INPUT/OUTPUT Ratings & External Wiring Requirements for the 9390-1601160 Rating 50/60 Hz Units Basic Unit Rating at 0.91agging pF kVA164 164 160 164 load kW 144 144 144 144 144 Input and Bypass input VOLTS 248I220 364 404 415 480 Output VOLTS 248i220 384 444 415 460 AC Input to UPS Rectifier i (0.98 min. pF) Full Load Current plus Battery Amps � 210 3 Recharge Current %yL (3) Phases, (1) Ground Minimum Conductor Size AWG or kcmli 1f0 Number per phase (each} (2} AC Input to UPS Bypass Full Load Current (3) Phases, (1 } N©utcal--H required, Amps 193 (i) G INSTALLATION INFORMATION Table J. Power Gable Conduit Requirements (Coni'd) ,. _. .. _ ._. _ -. . Number of Minimum Conduit plumber of UPS Model Voltage Terminal Wires In Trade Size (inches) Conduits Conduft AC input to UPS (A, B, C, Grid) 208/220 AC Input to Bypass AC (A, B, C, Neut, Gnd) 9390-11J0/160 Output (A. B, C, Neut, Gnd) DC Battery (Positive), (Negative), Gnd AC Input to UPS -,� 4 2 2 (A, B, C, Gnd) 480 C AC Input to Bypass (A, B, C, Neut, Gnd) 5 2 2 9390-1601160 �. Output (A, B C Nout Gnd) b 2 d DCY Battery (Positive) (Negative), Gnd 5 2 112 1 AC Input to UPS _ iA Bs C, Gnd) 380 400 / i 415 _ . ........ . ........ .... _ . ,....-,... AC input to Bypass _.........,...» .... ....._..... ....., .:., 9390-160/100 AC (A, B, C, Neat, Gnd) _ _ Output (A. B, C, Neut, Gnd bC Battery __. (Positive), (Negative) Gnd ACInput toUPS (A 13 C, Gnd) 380(4001 __ .,... AC input to Bypass 9390-160/120 4f5 AC (A, B, C, Neut Gnd) Output (A, B. C, Neut, Gnd) DO B 'tt a (Positive), (Negative), Ond AC Inputto UPS (A, B. C. Gnd) 380/40()i 4t5 AC Input to Bypass 9390-16()160 t AC fA, B, C, Neut Gnd) _ _. Output (Ar B, C, Neut, Gnd) roc Battery (Positive), (N1)lrative}, Gnd 0C5CRIPWN: POWER WIRING INSTALLATION NOTES oAAW/NG NO: 164201604-5 st►EEr 7 of 15 REV60N: VA C 011509 A-18 EaWn9390UPS .n00-110WA) Installation and Opwstiotr'.Manuaf + 104MIW4Rey Ewww,aatan.canVp•werqu*01V INSTALLATION INFORMATION Asa MINI-CSB INTERFACE TERMINALS M1N1•GSB PS BUILDING ALARM BUILDING ALARM 3 RETURN BUILDING ALARM 4 BUILDING ALARM 4 RETURN BUILDING ALARM 5 BUILDING ALARM 5 RETURN BUILDING ALARM 6 BUILDING ALARM 8 RETURN NOTE: 1. All building alarm inputs require an isolated normally open or normally -closed contact or switch (rated at 24 Vdc, 20 mA minimum) connected between the alarm Input and common terminal as shown. Bulldi alarm inputs can be programmed for use with either normally -open or normaclosed contacts. Ali control wiring and relay and switch contacts are customer -supplied. 2. The building alarms can be programmed to display the alarm functional name. MSCRIPiION: INTERFACE WIRING INSTALLATION NOTES AND TERMINAL LOCATIONS DR4WNG NO: 1 ti4201604 8 SHEEr 4 of 16 REVISION: A ; DATC 091605 Eaton8390UPSiIW-16DkVA)InutallationandeparatknMomW s 104201604Rev Ewavw.eetnn.camtpowarqualily REMOVE DEBRIS SHIELD COVERING EX14AUST GRILL BEFORE OPERATING SYSTEM. CONDUIT LANDINGS FOR X—SLOT CONNECTIONS. (REMOVE PANELS TO DRILL OR PUNCH CONDUIT HOLES.) 801 TOM ENTRY CONDUIF LANDING FOR AC INPUT AND OUTPUT, DC INPUT, DC CONTROL, AND INTERFACE CONNECTIONS, (REMOVE PANEL TO DRILL OR PUNCH CONDUIT HOLES,) iNSTALLATtON INFORMATION TOP ENTRY CONDUIT LANDING FOR AC INPUT AND OUTPUT, DC INPUT, DC CONTROL, AND INTERFACE CONNEcr10NS. (RFMOV€ PANEL TO DRILL OR PUNCH CONDUIT HOLES.) BOTTOM VIEW DESCRIPTION,' CONDUIT AND WIRE ENTRY LOCATIONS URAWM►G NO SHEET, Sli 2 1 of 2 t64 o st74 e 1 REVISION: A �r7A7f 091505� �- Eaton 9300 UPS 000-160 WA) inatohdonand Operatfott Manual . 164241604 Rev E Wwrw.esteu.centysownquanty a7 INSTALLATION INFORMATION AC INPUT TO UPS RECTIFIER AND BYPASS (SINGLE -FEED) 3 or 4 WIRE A-a—C ROTATION (SSO Draming 16M1604-8) AC INPUT TO ACENPUT UPS RECTIFIER TO BYPASS awTTenvAu)c _ ' ei! telhlr AUVttt9 (DUAL FEED) (DIAL FEED)_ M- - _ _ _ 3 WIRE A—B--0 3 or 4 WIRE A-•B--•C eATTIRYwR — Awn t REtnY� ROTATION RCTrA71ON s (a torc Era } •at WLW I A T tB. - w.. ... ,..... _ .. ( E9, E7, Es, E12 aActsFFEo ItrrrdaFacE c13RTAciTorl °7ARD l + C INPUT �A`TOR FUSE FU`r,Et'_Y sTATIc { 1 svrrrctt i l I r= I f BATTERY UPS CABINET RECTIFIER I i CABINET I 1 (Optional) 1 Cl E4.E5 - { i ,....._.»._ _. D ACOUTPUT I 1 i BATTERY ES. E 10, CRITICAL LOAD i 1 l CONVERTER El f, E12 ! 1 I RATTERYI I ourttrt I { croNTAMOR j j' BREAKERI i to) I _t j I l .._ 1 I I ktdVETITkf1 `/ , FUSE l � 1 t Eaton 9390 , , 168##20 AND 1601160 86OW40 41fiV1480V INPUT AND NOif: 1. A rnMimum of two separate farads Will? OUTPUT UPS SYSTEM upstream feeder breakers, or one feed SINGLE -FEED OR DUAL -FEED wiUt two upstreamn feeder breakers, must be provided: one for tfte UPS and one for the AC bypass Input a0 NOT use one feed or a single•feeder breaker to supply boHT the UPS and the IAC. 2. Movo bypass contactor w1res to DESCRIPTION: UPS SYSTEM ONELINE DRAWING - bypass lermfnals for dual -feed __. ...._.__ 3. 9 the food requires a neutral, a bypass DR41N1AiG NO: 164201604-•4 SHEET• 2 of 6 neutral feeder mustsupplied -- be ppUe ArwstoN: F DAB. 011509 Faton OM UPS 11WI1110 WA) Inara'sUun and Operetivn Manual 184201604 Rw E www.eeton.coa,y,,owagwnty Aa INSTALLATION INFORMATION 1. Use Class 1 wiring methods (as defined by the NEC) for Interface wiring up to 3OV. The wire should be rated at 24V, 1A minimum. 2. Use Class 2 wiring methods (as defined by the NEC) for interface wiring from 30 to 600V. 3. When Installing external interface wiring (for example, building alarm, relay output, battery breaker trip, and X-Slot) to the UPS interface terminals, conduit must be installed between each device and the UPS cabinet. install the interface wiring in separate conduit from the power wiring. 4. When Installing internal Interface wiring to X-Slot terminals, route the wiring through tho internal opening in the X-Slot communication bay, 5. All building alarm Inputs require an Isolated normally -open contact or switch (rated at 24 Vdc, 20 mA minimum) connected between the alarm input and common terminal as shown. Building alarm inputs can be programmed for use with either normally -open or normalty--closed contacts. All control wiring and relay and switch contacts are customer -supplied. Use twisted -pair wires for each alarm input and common. 6. The building alarms can be programmed to display the alarm functional name. 7. See Table R through Table X and Chapters 4, 5, and 6 for customer interface wiring. 8. LAN and telephone drops for use with X-Slot connectivity cards must be provided by facility planners or the customer. Table R. TBi and TB2 Interface Connections _._.._._... __.- _ _ ._ ._.... ........_ _._. .. Terminal TBi Now Description i emotelqu- Normally -closed dry contacts used to activate EPO ------- Remote EPO Common 2 of UPS from a remote switch 3 Remote EPO NO Normally -open dry contacts used to activate EPO of 4 Remote EPO Common UPS from a remote switch 5 Battery Breaker Aux Battery Breaker Aux Contacts used to indicate whether UPS battery 6 Return breaker or disconnect is open or closed. 7 Battery UVR (i-) Contacts used to open battery breaker or 8 paitery UVR ( } disconnect. 9 8ufltkttg Alarm I Programmable UPS alarm. Activated by a remote 10 Building Alarm 1 Return dry contact closure. Termrna! TB2 Name Description 1 Building Alarm 2 Programmable UPS alarm. Activated by a remote _ . ,, , ....,_ .._..__ } dry contact closure. Also used for backup control 2 BuildingAlarm 2 Return (pull chain) for paratiel operation. 3 On Bypass Return Normally -open contact closes when UPS Is on bypass. Also used for backup control (pull chain) 4 On Bypass NO Alarm Relay NO for parallel operation. 5 - -- - - - - 6 Alarm Relay Common General purpose normally closed relay contact -� 7 �-- - 8 Alarm Relay NO --- — - -- -- Alarm Relay Common General purpose normally -open relay contact, 9 On Inverter NC Normally -closed contact opens when output 10 On invortor Return contactor closes. DESCRIPTION. INTERFACE WIRING INSTALLATION NOTES AND TERMINAL LOCATIONS .µWi GNO• DRA N 1 2 1604 8 1 of i5 64 0 REVISION. B DATE: 032406 F.wn YM UPS (100-160 kVA} InslattaIran and Opetatfon Manua, • 164201604 Rev F www.aatuu.conJpowatquallty A-33 INSTALLATION INFORMATION 14. External overcu►rant protection is not provided by this product, but Is required by codes. Refer to Table E through Table G for wiring requirements, If an output lockable disconnect is required, it is to be supplied by the user. 15. Table K lists the maximum rating for Input circuit breakers. When wiring a single -feed input, the rating requirements for the input circuit breakers are superceded by the ratings listed in Table L. I Table K. Maximum Input Circuit Breaker Ratings UPS Model Input Voltage Rating 800/. Rated 208ViViiN 380V 400V _ 415V 480V 9390--120/100 9390-160/100 ®- 200A 100% Rated 80% Rated 150A 9390-120/120 9390-160/120 225A 100% Rated 80% Rated 700A I 175A 9390-160/160 300A 100% Rated 600A 250A To radwe the risk of tire, contract only to a circuit provided with maximum input circuit breaker current ratings from Table Kin (� accordanne'with the NEC, ANSVNFPA X 16. Source protection for the AC Input to bypass should be treated as if supplying a 160 kVA three-phase transformer, to allow for inrush current if an Integrated Distribution Cabinet (IDC) with a transformer is installed. Bypass input wiring and bypass input breaker rating should be treated as if supplying a 160 kVA load, regardless of the rating of the UPS. 17. The tine -to -fine unbalanced output capability of the UPS is limited only by the full load per phase current values for AC output to crttical load shown in Table E through Table G. The recommended line -to -line load unbalance Is 500% or less. 18. Bypass and output overcurrent protection and bypass and output disconnect switches are to be provided by the user. Table L lists the maximum rating for bypass and output circuit breakers satisfying the criteria for both. Table L. Maximum Bypass and Output Circuit Breaker Ratings UPS Model _ Output Voltage Rating 2OBVI220V 380V 400V 415V 480V 9390-120/100 80% Rated 200A 9390,-• i 60/100 100%Rated 160A 9390-120/120 80% listed 225A 9390-160/120 100% Rated 175A 9390-160f160 80% Rated SODA 100% Rated 250A DESCRIPTION- POWER WIRING INSTALLATION NOTES DRAWING No: 164201604-5 —SHEET. 8 of 15 REVISION: C DATE. 011509 IF 9390 UPS (1(4460kVA)kvstallalI— an d npmatton Manual • 1642016t11 Rev E www.caton.conJpowerquallty A-19 I G, Ca = t r UJ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS j O�; . �Z 3 QUEEN PALM DRIVE MPA, FLORIDA 33619 ,',/�����1II 111���e ra ofF�udead ' 6ii� f 27MA U I� AIN rA rl U 5�t N N co U ON M C M Aq c3�MGN 1--t t8 • �N U U V � � a� M N O.0-� i-+-i oo "o a. a to 0 cu 1 00 0 I 1-1 GO f 0 U Q U S Q a .ii d � a � 1—/ Q � 00 O A m f� COO �4 N tad uO • '--1 1� Mai �''as • 7--4 $"•1 TO, 1 w� r 7 , -4—) u U r Cd V W � Project No. 15017.00 E, 6 SHEET ©2015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ N N t10 N 00 tC o� u 0 0 INSTALLATION INFORMATION WiREWAY FOR TOP ENTRY POWER WIRING T USED ON 1201100 AND 11120 20BVI220V RATINGS AC INPUT TO UPS RECTIFIER AND BYPASS (A, B, c, N) AC OUTPUT TO CRITICAL SEE SHEET 4 LOAD FOR DETAILS (A, B, C, N) DC INPUT FROM BATTERY TO UPS (+ AND -? t GROUND TERMINALS It_ - USED ONLY ON 1601100, _ 160/120, AND 1601160 1 208V/220V RATINGS MODELS 46110400, 468A29, AND 160/160 38OW40OW446VI480V INPUT AND 388W,1110 +PF{rU'/480V OUTPUT NOTE: Metal shields covering wiring DES"`lPrwN: UPS POWER TERMINAL LOCATIONS terminals must be removed or >lwdwrNG No: slier opened to gain access to 164201604-7 3 of 4 terminals AEvisioN D-1_DArE: 011509 Fawn �3„ U 1 10 kVA 1 ialladoa and U dllan Manual + i642016N Ruv E www.aaton.cen ows "alit s 90 Psi 00- } ns t'e+ dP r9 Y INSTALLATION INFORMATION 19. There Is no DC disconnect device within the UPS. 20. A battery disconnect switch is recommended, and may be required by NEC or local codes when batteries are remotely located. The battery disconnect switch should be installed between the battery and the UPS. 21. External DC input overcurrent protection and disconnect switch for the remote battery location is to be provided by the user. Table M lists the maximum rating for continuous -duty rated circuit breakers satisfying the criteria for both. Table M. Maximum DC Input Circuit Breaker Ratings _ input Voltage Rating UPS Model 208VI220V 380V 400V 415V 48011 9390--1201100 400A 9390-160/100 9390-120/120 450A 9390-160/120 - 6 - 600A 9390 1 0/160 22. Battery voltage is computed at 2 volts per cell as defined by Article 4BO of the NEC. Rated battery current is computed at 2 volts per cell. 23. The battery wiring used between the battery and the UPS should not allow a voltage drop of more than 1% of nominal DC voltage at rated battery current. i 24. It the conductors used for DC Input from the battery cabinets to the UPS are those provided by the UPS manufacturer, and the UPS and battery cabinets are manufactured by the same supplier, then It is acceptable if they do not meet the noted minimum conductor Sizes. DESCRIPTION: POWER WIRING INSTALLATION NOTES DRAINING No: i 64201604 5FET 901115 flEViSION: C DATE, 011509 A•20 ratan 0,W UPS 1100-100 kVA) Installation and Opara;inn Manua • 164201" Rev E www.satarixornlpowerquelity A-31 INSTALLATION INFORMATION INTERFACE TERMINAL LOCATIONS MMI•QStI euuo�lo X--SkUT TB7 Tel MIEN cSe x•-SLAT GOMMUNICAMON BAY NRREWAY FOR BOTTOM ENTRY MTERFACE WIRING NOTE. Metal shields covering wiring DESCRIPTION: INTERFACE WIRING INSTALLATION terminals must be removed or NOTES AND TERMINAL LOCATIONS opened to gain access to .. _... _ _ terminals. turAW1NG NO: O 1 642016048 SHE"' 2 of 15 REVISION: C DATE: 082108 A,94 Eaton 93W UPS 1100-140 WAI Installation ar.d Operation Morue) • 16420404 Rev E www_eaton.eonripowerqu.lity INSTALLATION INFORMATION A32 TERMINAL DETAIL RIGHT SIDE VIEW BYPASSINPUT TERMINALS RECTIFIER INPUT TERMINALS i. ,....., ._....;...j. � AC INPUT TO PHASE A (Et) UPS RECTIFIER AND BYPASS (SINGLE ldPUt) PHASE B (E2) i AC INPUT TO UPS RECTIFIER (DUAL INPUT) PHASE 0 (E3) — PHASE A (E9)� AC OUTPUT TO PHASE B Ile 10) CRITICAL LOAD PHASE C (E11) G) _ PHASE A (E) AC INPUT TO PHASE B (E7) UPS BYPASS (DUAL INPUT) PHASE C (E8) NEUTRAL TERMINALS (E12) (E4) + DC INPUT FROM MEN -- BATTERY 1 , WGilift MODELS .1 6W4 09, 4 6W420, AND 160/160 388W+688W 1,8W40OV INPUT AND �88W488�1L/4$6V/480V OUTPUT UESCHIPTm- UPS POWER TERMINAL LOCATIONS _._ _. - . DRAWING NO: 164201604-7 SWEET. 4 of 4 REVISION: C DATE: 011509 Eaton 9390 UPS 1100-100 kVA) analallation and Operation Manual • 104201604 Rev E www.eaton.cotnlpowaMuslity INSTALLATION INFORMATION 9. The UPS DC UVR trip and Battery Aux signal wiling from the UPS must be connected to the DC source disconnect device. 10• Battery Aux and UVR wiring should be a minimum of 18 AWta. Table S. Battery Disconnect interface BATTERY BREAKER OR DISCONNECT UPS BATTERY AUX + 5 BATTERY AUX - 6-- BATTERY UVR + 7 0 BATTERY UVR - 8 Table T. Alarm Relay Contact ALARM RELAY m."TB2 ._0 S 't� 6 UPS L.... 7 CONTACT RATING Switched Voltage. 277 Vac Maximum Current: 5A Minimum Wire Size: 22 AWG 28 Vdc _ NOTE: Relays are shown in de -energized state. Relays change state when the UPS is in Normal mode. DESCRIPTION: INTERFACE WIRING INSTALLATION NOTES AND TERMINAL LOCATIONS URawiNG NO.'s► Er. 164201804 8 � 5 0f 15 REVISION. C DA7t : 011509 Eaton 9390 UPS (100-160 WA) Installation and Oporadon Manual • 16420ION Rev E www.eal",cotnrpowerquanty INTERFACE TERMINALS (7 INSTALLATION INFORMATION UPS REMOTE EPO NC IJIUMPERREQUIRED s- EPO IF NOT USED a nEMOTE EPO NO F '< CPO COMMON I C. I BATTERY BREAKERAUX --- BATTERY BREAKER AUX RETURN T81 "' -- BAT TERM UVR (+} UAII IIERY UVR (-) — _ — - BUILDING ALARM i 1 BUILDING ALARM 1RETURN _..:. ......... BUILDING; ALARM 2 - BUILDING At -ARM 2 RETURN TB2 ,,.. _ . .. __> '- _ - ON BYPASS RETURN ON BYPASS NO ALARM REI AY t0 ALARM mtA'Y COMMON ALARM RELAY O U ALARM RELAY COMMON ON INVERTER NC ON INVERTER RETURN NOTE. I. All budding alarm Inputs require an Isolated nomtalil•open or normally closed contact or switch (rated at 24 Vdc, 20 mA Minimum) connected between the alarm input and common terminal as shown. Building alarm Inputs can be programmed far use with either normally -open or nonnally-closed contacts. All control wiring and relays and switch contacts are customer -supplied. 2. The building alarms can be programmed to display the alarm functional name. 3. A jumper wire must be connected between pins I and 2 on TBI, if the north" -closed EPO contact Is not used. Eaton 9390 UPS (100- 1P.01tVAlanta0atlon and Operation Manual • 164201604 Rev F. www.ealon.co oVpowerquatity A-35 INSTALLATION INFORMATION Table 1. UPS Cabinet Power Cable Tenn 39OV 40WA4W/48011 Output) Terminal Function Terminal Fun AC input to UPS Rectifier E1 Ph, and Bypass E2 Pt1a (single tnpuq I— E3 Phi AC Input to UPS Rectifler El Phi (Dual input) -- E3 Phi AC Input To Bypass 16 Phi (Dual Input) E7_ - Phi E8 Pha Single•Feed to Dual -Food Rectifier Pha Transfer Wires from Bypass pi Rectifier Input Terminals to Bypass Input Terminals Rectifier _ Phi Bypass Phi Rectifier Ph. Bypass Phi AC output to E9 Phl Critical Load E10 Pha Ell Ph-, DC Input from E4 Po; Battery to UPS y F5 - IJe4 Input and Output Neutral E12 Ne CtWomor Ground Ground Gn NOTE: Customer ground can It A-10 Eaton 9390 UPS (100--160 WA) Installatlon and Operation Manual 164201604 Rev E wwwseton.00Mpoworquelity INSTALLATION INFORMATION 11. The Remote EPO feature opens all contactors in the UPS cabinet and isolates power from your critical load. Local electrical codes may also require tripping upstream protective devices to the UPS. This switch must be a dedicated latching -type switch not tied into any other circuit. 12. A jumper wire must be connected between pins I and 2 on TBI , it a normally -closed EFO switch is not used or a normally -open EPO switch is used. 13. Remote EPO wiring should be a minimum of 22 AWG. Table U. Remote EPO LATCHING TYPE UPS TBi SWITC1 I ONLY 13 1 (NG) REMOTE INSTALL JIlMPEA� i JEPO Ir"SYn101tNOT , SWITCH INSTALLED THIS i (NC TYPE) r POSITION L 0 ~ - YJ 2 (COMMON) TWISTED OR WIRES 3 (NO) REMOTE I. EPO I SWITCH t (NO TYPE) 0, r , 4 (COMMON) TWISTED LATCHING TYPE WIRES SWITCH ONLY Remote EPO switch rating Is 24 Vdc, 1A minimum. NOTE: This switch must be a dodicatod latching -type switch not tied to any other circuits. l_ DESCRIPTION.- INTERFACE WIRING INSTALLATION NOTES AND TERMINAL LOCATIONS IDAAWiM Na: 164201604 8 SHEET 6 of 15 REWSKK f3 j DAW 032406 A-38 Eaton 9390UPS 1100-100WA) Installation andOperation Slenual • IS4201604Rev Ewww.eaten.ceWpowatqunpty rn OmARD %j.. l a ,4 193 , 1"AS OF �[V PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS 203 QUEEN PALM DRIVE PHONE a(813)1DA 2413 6488 I i I 1 eoora of FAX(813 6� - u0 27336 U U . y..l U C N 00 U o, M C M haw ) O� \ as r__ t� C i"ry � o dam' QQ 0) MM O O -� F�--i oo w al a L0 r-t 0 (U I 00 0 I O a o � • � t- �, z f O U Q U Q a p d ti l� N a, A 00 � o T A w � C] con r� 1� N t'---s O • rl CL t� V 1 Fie"1 1 F� ll U 1� C� 1r'I� 1� Project No. 15017.00 E6.0 1 NEW SHEET 02015 BH/PK Architects, Inc. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILEA$ MAGNETOM AERA 1.5T Contents: Sheet No. Description A-101 EQUIPMENT PLAN -DETAILS, LEGEND, AND NOTES A-102 SAFETY/SERVICE CLEARANCE PLAN A-501 FILTER PANEL/CABINET DETAILS A-502 DETAILS AND NOTES S-101 STRUCTURAL PLAN -DETAILS AND NOTES E-101 ELECTRICAL PLAN(S)-LEGEND AND NOTES E-102 ELECTRICAL PLAN -LEGEND AND NOTES E-501 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS AND NOTES M-101 MECHANICAL PLAN -CHILLED WATER AND EN- IRONMENTAL M-501 QUENCH VENT SPECIFICATIONS CD LO \ LLI C7 a , ��\ \\`• �� a \\\„ '3 Typical Drawing #: 10023 SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS 51 Valley Stream Parkway Malvern, PA 19355 www.usa.siemens.com/medical N Z W uj N II THIS SET OF FINAL DRAWINGS IS REFLECTIVE OF THE LATEST SALES CONFIGURATION. ANY CHANGES TO THIS SALES CONFIGURATION MAY REQUIRE A REVISION TO THIS PROJECT PLAN. IF REQUESTED, SIEMENS WILL PRODUCE A REVISED SET OF FINAL DRAWINGS TO REFLECT THE CHANGES, HOWEVER SIEMENS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CONSTRUCTION COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE CHANGES THAT OCCUR FROM THIS PLAN MODIFICATION. 0.05mT 0.3mT d I co ISOCENTER OF MAGNAGN—E ET EXISTING QUENCH VEN LOCATION — 10'-4 7/16" 15mT 25'-8" 12 I L_—�� EQUIPMENT ROOM CHILLER IS TO BE SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS. LOCATED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION. 18'-7" 24 I IF A CLOSET IS DESIRED TO CONCEAL THE FILTER PLATE AND CABLE CONNECTIONS, IT IS TO BE DESIGNED AND SPECIFIED AND PROVIDED BY THE CUSTOMER OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE. A 30 1/4" CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED FOR SERVICE AND CABLING. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MEANS OF MOUNTING THE PC TOWER OFF OF THE FINISHED FLOOR FOR DAMAGE PROTECTION AGAINST TIP OVER, FLUIDS, IMPACT, ETC. ADDITIONAL MOUNTING IS NOT NECESSARY IF SIEMENS CONTAINER IS UTILIZED. CONTROL ROOM 8'-2- THE 0.5mT FIELD SHOULD BE RESTRICTED FROM INDIVIDUALS WITH PACEMAKERS AND INSULIN PUMPS. IT IS NECESSARY TO DISPLAY WARNING SIGNS AND RESTRICT ACCESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. RF SHIELDING TO BE PROVIDED BY RF SHIELDING VENDOR. WARNING NOTES: THE 0.5mT FIELD MUST BE RESTRICTED FROM INDIVIDUALS WITH PACEMAKERS OR INSULIN PUMPS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES, FOR EXAMPLE FENCES WITH WARNING SIGNS, OR MAGNETIC ROOM SHIELDING TO REDUCE THE FIELD. MAGNETIC FIELD WARNING PLEASE BE AWARE THAT DURING THE CALIBRATION PHASE OF YOUR MR] INSTALLATION, YOUR NEW MAGNET WILL BE AT FULL FIELD STRENGTH AND ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS WHEN WORKING IN THE VICINITY OF STRONG MAGNETIC FIELDS MUST BE TAKEN. WHEN THE CALIBRATION OF THE MAGNET OVERLAPS WITH FINAL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, THERE IS THE POSSIBILITY OF THE INTRODUCTION OF FERROUS MAGNETIC OBJECTS BY WORKERS INTO THE MR ROOM. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER TO ENSURE THAT ALL PRECAUTIONS ARE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT THIS DOES NOT HAPPEN, AS EQUIPMENT DAMAGE AND SERIOUS BODILY INJURY COULD OCCUR. QUENCH VENT SPECIFICATIONS: THE QUENCH VENT REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATION DETAILED ON SHEET R-502 MUST BE MET. ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" MAGNETIC FIELD WARNING �I PLEASE BE AWARE THAT DURING THE CALIBRATION PHASE OF THE MRI INSTALLATION, THE MAGNET WILL BE AT FULL FIELD STRENGTH AND ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS WHEN WORKING IN THE VICINITY OF STRONG MAGNETIC FIELDS MUST BE TAKEN. WHEN THE CALIBRATION OF THE MAGNET OVERLAPS WITH FINAL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, THERE IS THE POSSIBILITY OF THE INTRODUCTION OF FERROUS MAGNETIC OBJECTS BY WORKERS INTO THE MR ROOM. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER TO ENSURE THAT ALL PRECAUTIONS ARE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT THIS DOES NOT HAPPEN, AS EQUIPMENT DAMAGE AND SERIOUS BODILY INJURY COULD OCCUR. CASEWORK & ACCESSORY NOTES 1) ALL CASEWORK IS EITHER EXISTING OR IS TO BE DESIGNED, DETAILED, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER AND/OR CONTRACTOR. FOLLOW DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS INCLUDED HEREWITH, AS THEY ARE ESSENTIAL FOR THE SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION & OPERATION OF THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 2) ALL FURNITURE (CHAIRS, ETC.) FOR THE CONTROL ROOM ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CUSTOMER. REV 0 ROOM MEASUREMENTS ALL ROOM MEASUREMENTS AND ROOM DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE VERIFIED ON SITE PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLYING AND INSTALLING ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS INCLUDING ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DEVICES REQUIRED BY SIEMENS SPECIFICATIONS AND TO ENSURE THAT THE MATERIAL USED INSIDE THE RF—SHIELDING IS AS FREE OF FERROMAGNETIC PROPERTIES AS POSSIBLE. ANY FERROUS MATERIAL INSIDE THE EXAM ROOM MAY BECOME A MISSILE AND CAUSE INJURY TO PEOPLE AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT. FERROUS ITEMS INSIDE THE EXAM ROOM ARE THE LIABILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND/OR INSTALLER. REV 1 DC LIGHTING THE MAGNETIC FIELD ADVERSELY AFFECTS THE OPERATING LIFE OF LIGHT BULBS LOCATED IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET. THE FILAMENT IN THE BULBS OSCILLATES WITH THE FREQUENCY OF THE POWER SUPPLY. LIGHTS IN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET CONNECTED TO A DC POWER SUPPLY CAN REDUCE THIS EFFECT. RESIDUAL DC RIPPLE SHOULD BE LESS THAN 5%. REV 0 TRANSPORTING REQUIREMENTS LARGEST ITEM — MAGNET — 10,361 LBS. MINIMUM MAGNET DIMENSIONS WITH TRANSPORT WHEELS UNDER MAGNET: 7'-7" HIGH X 7'-7" WIDE X 5'-2" DEEP WITHOUT TABLE SUPPORT, 6'-0" DEEP WITH TABLE SUPPORT. THE ROOF HATCH/DELIVERY OPENING SHOULD BE 4" LARGER. TO TRANSPORT THE GPA/EPC CABINET (3,307 POUNDS) A MINIMUM ROOM HEIGHT OF 6'-9" IS REQUIRED, 6'-3" WITH WHEELS REMOVED, 6'-1" WITH WHEELS AND MAINS CONNECTION REMOVED. NOISE LEVELS SYSTEM ROOM NOISE dB(A) CONTROL ROOM <55 EXAMINATION ROOM XJ GRADIENTS 83.1 OVER 8 HOUR AVERAGE 101.5 MAXIMUM MEASURED IN THE EXAM ROOM XQ GRADIENTS 86.1 OVER 8 HOUR AVERAGE 108.2 MAXIMUM MEASURED IN THE EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT ROOM <65 NOISE LEVELS ARE BASED ON AN AVERAGE MEASUREMENT OVER 8 HOURS OF CLINICAL SCANNING. PEAK LEVELS MAY BE HIGHER FOR CERTAIN SEQUENCES. IT IS THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT ALL LOCAL/ STATE/OSHA NOISE REGULATIONS ARE ADHERED TO. ADDITIONAL NOISE DATA MAY BE PROVIDED BY SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER UPON REQUEST. -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. EQUIPMENT LEGEND NO DESCRIPTION SMS SYM WEIGHT (LBS) BTU/HR TO AIR DIMENSIONS (INCHES) REMARKS W D H 1 MRC KEYBOARD Q 5 --- 27 1/4 10 1/8 1 3/4 ON CONSOLE/COUNTER 2 COLOR MONITOR FOR MRC Q 22 239 18 5/16 16 15/16 4 3/4 ON CONSOLE/COUNTER 3 HOST PC MRC ® 49 2,389 11 27 18 1/8 4 ALARM BOX ® 2 --- 9 4 9 5 AERA MAGNET WITH COVERS, COILS, ELECTRONICS QB 10,093 7,506 91 170 86 6 PATIENT TABLE 0 529 --- 29 1/2 97 1/4 21-41 7 RF—FILTER PLATE F1 287 853 46 1/2 35 1/8 21 5/8 8 MAGNET STOP ® 1 --- 3 5 3 9 ELECTRONICS CABINET (GPA/EPC CABINET) ® 3,307 3,412 61 1/2 26 77 1/2 10 INTEGRATED ELECTRICAL CABINET (OPTION) ® 150 --- 30 9 1/8 36 WALL MOUNTED 11 POWERWARE 9390 U.P.S. WITH BATTERY ® 5,880 43,800 78 3/8 32 74 12 KKT KRAUS ECO WATER CHILLER ® 1,676 --- 84 1/2 43 3/8 80 5/8 CUST. TO LOCATE/INSTALL 13 KKT KRAUS INTERFACE PANEL ® 88 --- 45 1/4 8 1/4 31 1/2 WALL MOUNTED IN EQUIPMENT ROOM 14 COLD HEAD COMPRESSOR ® 284 --- 17 3/4 21 5/8 20 7/8 PROTECTING THE MAGNETIC FIELD THE SIEMENS MR SYSTEM UTILIZES A SUPERCONDUCTIVE MAGNET WITH AN EXTREMELY HOMOGENOUS FIELD WITHIN THE MAGNET TO PROVIDE DISTORTION FREE IMAGING. THE PRESENCE OF FERROMAGNETIC MATERIAL WITHIN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET CAN ADVERSELY AFFECT THE UNIFORMITY OF THE USEFUL MAGNETIC FIELD. THIS APPLIES TO STATIONARY FERROUS MATERIAL (STRUCTURAL STEEL) WHICH IS TO BE MINIMIZED. STATIONARY STEEL COMPENSATION MAY BE ACHIEVED BY MAGNET POSITIONING AND SELECTIVE USE OF SHIMS. DISTORTION CAUSED BY MOVING FERROMAGNETIC OBJECTS (MOTOR VEHICLES, ELEVATORS) IS MORE DIFFICULT TO COMPENSATE AND MAY REQUIRE THE USE OF MAGNETIC SHIELDING. REV 0 MAGNET SITING REQUIREMENTS IT MUST BE ENSURED THAT THE MAGNET IS LOCATED SO THAT THE STABILITY AND HOMOGENEITY OF THE MAGNETIC FIELD ARE NOT ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY EXTRANEOUS FIELDS AND STATIC OR DYNAMIC FERROMAGNETIC OBJECTS. X/Y AND Z AXIS SOURCE OF INTERFERENCE 4,_2" FLOOR STEEL REIN FORCEM ENT<20 LBS./ FTz IRON BEAMS < 66 LBS. FT. 19'_1" STRETCHERS UP TO 110 LBS. 13'-1" WATER COOLING UNIT CHILLER 17'-5" / 21'-40" TRANSPORT DEVICES UP TO 440 LBS. 18'-5" / 24'-8" VEHICLES UP TO 2,000 LBS. 20'-5" / 29'-7" ELEVATORS, TRUCKS UP TO 10,000 LBS. 39'-5"/26'-2" AC TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 100 KVA 39'-5"/29'-7" AC TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 250 KVA 42'-7"/32'-10" AC TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 650 KVA 45'-11"/36'-2" AC TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 1600 KVA 9'-10"/6'-6" AC CABLES, MOTORS LESS THAN 100 AMPS 19'-9"/6'-7" AC CABLES, MOTORS LESS THAN 250 AMPS 29'-7"/36'-2" AC CABLES, MOTORS LESS THAN 1000 AMPS FOR IRON OBJECTS LOCATED UP TO 45' FROM THE Z AXIS, THE DISTANCES FOR THE Z AXIS MUST BE USED. REDUCTION IS POSSIBLE WITH STEEL SHIELDING. ENVIRONMENTAL/POWER AUDIT AS AN INDICATION OF OUR COMMITMENT TO QUALITY, SIEMENS MAY, AT NO COST TO YOUR FACILITY, CHECK THE OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AFTER SYSTEM TURNOVER TO DETERMINE IF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, POWER, AND GROUNDING ARE MET AS PER SIEMENS' PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS. SIEMENS WILL GENERATE A WRITTEN REPORT DETAILING THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND ELECTRICAL CONDITION OF THE SITE AFTER TURNOVER AND WILL SHARE THE REPORT WITH YOU. IN THE EVENT WE IDENTIFY ANY ENVIRONMENTAL/POWER DEFICIENCIES AT THE SITE, YOUR FACILITY WILL BE REQUESTED TO CORRECT DEFICIENCIES WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS. SHOULD ANY CORRECTIVE ACTIONS BE NECESSARY, AND UPON REQUEST, SIEMENS WILL PROVIDE GUIDANCE IN AN EFFORT TO FACILITATE RESOLUTION. PLEASE BE ADVISED THAT AFTER 30 DAYS NOTICE ANY REPAIR OR MAINTENANCE SERVICES NECESSITATED BY SEVERE DEFICIENCIES WILL FALL OUTSIDE YOUR WARRANTY COVERAGE. II STATE AGENCY REVIEW PRIOR TO SIEMENS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION, APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION OR STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS FOR DIAGNOSTIC OR THERAPEUTIC PURPOSES, MUST BE OBTAINED BY THE CUSTOMER FROM THE APPROPRIATE STATE AGENCY, IF APPLICABLE. CEILING HEIGHTS EXAM ROOM 7'-11" MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6'-11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7'-3" MINIMUM -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTING THE IMMEDIATE ENVIRONMENT FROM THE EFFECT OF THE MAGNETIC FIELD REQUIRES CONSIDERATION. INFORMATION STORED ON MAGNETIC DATA CARRIERS SUCH AS DISCS, TAPES AND CARDS MAY BE ERASED IF NEAR THE MAGNET. CAUTION WITH REGARD TO HEART PACEMAKERS MUST BE EXERCISED. MOST PACEMAKER UNITS EMPLOY A REED RELAY WHICH MAY CHANGE OPERATING MODE WHEN EXPOSED TO AN EXTERNAL MAGNETIC FIELD. PACEMAKER USERS MUST BE KEPT AT A SPECIFIED DISTANCE FROM THE MAGNET WHICH IS DETERMINED BY THE MAGNET FIELD STRENGTH. REV 0 MAGNETIC FRINGE FIELDS MAGNETIC FIELDS MAY AFFECT THE FUNCTION OF DEVICES IN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET. THESE DEVICES MUST BE OUTSIDE CERTAIN MAGNETIC FIELDS. THE DISTANCES LISTED ARE FROM THE MAGNET ISOCENTER AND DO NOT CONSIDER ANY MAGNETIC ROOM SHIELDING. X/Y AND Z AXIS DEVICES 6'-1" / 9'-2" SMALL MOTORS, WATCHES, CAMERAS, CREDIT 3.OmT CARDS, MAGNETIC DATA CARRIERS (SHORT— TERM EXPOSURE 7'-3" / 11'-6" COMPUTERS, MAGNETIC DISK DRIVES, 1.0mT OSCILLOSCOPES, PROCESSORS 8'-3" / 13'-2" CARDIAC PACEMAKERS, X—RAY TUBES, 0.5mT INSULIN PUMPS, B/W MONITORS, MAGNETIC DATA CARRIERS LONG—TERM STORAGE 9'-9" / 16'-1" 0.2mT SIEMENS CT SCANNERS 10'-4" / 17'-1" COLOR MONITORS, SIEMENS LINEAR 0.15mT ACCELERATORS 13'-1" / 22'-3" X—RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIERS, GAMMA 0.05mT CAMERAS, PET/CYCLOTRON, ELECTRON MICROSCOPES, LINEAR ACCELERATORS THE OWNER/USER IS TO VERIFY THE LOCATION OF THE 0.5mT FIELD AND ENSURE THAT IT IS MAINTAINED AS A RESTRICTED AREA. MAGNET CO -SITING MINIMUM DISTANCE MAGNET —MAGNET (SIEMENS) 0.2T 0.35T 1.OT 1.5T 3.OT 0.2T 32'-9" 32'-9" 16'-5" 19'-9" 32'-9" 0.35T 32'-9" 32'-9" 16'-5" 19'-9" 32'-9" 1.OT 16'-5" 16'-5" 14'-10" 16'-5" 19'-9" 1.5T 19'-9" 19'-9" 16'-5" 16'-5" 19'-9" 3.OT 32'-9" 32'-9" 19'-9" 19'-9" 19'-9" DO NOT RAMP ONE MAGNET WHILE THE OTHER IS RUNNING APPLICATIONS. SHIM IS ONLY OPTIMIZED WHEN BOTH MAGNETS ARE RAMPED UP DURING THE SHIMMING PROCEDURE. WHEN CO —SITING AN MR SYSTEM WITH A MAGNETIC NAVIGATION SYSTEM THE MINIMUM DISTANCE FOR CLINICAL IMAGING IS 98'-6", FOR SPECTROSCOPY THE MINIMUM SEPARATION IS 121'-5". REV 0 STATIC DISSIPATIVE FLOORING SIEMENS RECOMMENDS "STATIC DISSIPATIVE" FLOOR COVERING WITH AN ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF ! .109 OHMS IN ALL AREAS WHERE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. A STATIC DISSIPATIVE FLOOR REDUCES THE RISK OF STATIC ELECTRIC DISCHARGES THAT MAY DAMAGE SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS. REV 0 ARCHITECTURAL NOTES 1) ALL PRELIMINARY EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS SUBMITTED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. (SMS HEREAFTER) ARE BASED ON THE RECOMMENDED SPACE NECESSARY FOR THE OPERATION AND SERVICEABILITY OF THE EQUIPMENT BEING PROPOSED. SMS WILL NOT SUBMIT AN EQUIPMENT LAYOUT THAT IS NOT IN THE BEST INTEREST OF BOTH THE CUSTOMER AND SMS. ALL EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS ARE BASED EITHER ON AN ACTUAL SITE LOCATION SURVEY OR ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SUPPLIED TO SMS. SMS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ALTERATIONS THAT ENCROACH WITHIN DESIGNATED SAFETY AND SERVICE CLEARANCE ZONES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS (IE. PIPE CHASES, VENTILATION DUCTS, CASEWORK, AND SOFFITS, ETC.) MADE BY THE CUSTOMER OR REQUIRED BY A CUSTOMER'S ARCHITECTURAL FIRM ONCE PRELIMINARY DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED AND APPROVED. DO NOT ALTER ANY SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR DIMENSIONS WITHOUT CONTACTING AND RECEIVING WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM SMS PROJECT MANAGER. 2) SMS IS NOT AN ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING FIRM. DRAWINGS SUPPLIED BY SMS ARE NOT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. THEREFORE, THESE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED ONLY FOR INFORMATION TO COMPLEMENT ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AVAILABLE FROM A CUSTOMER APPOINTED ARCHITECTURAL REPRESENTATIVE OR A CUSTOMER'S ENGINEERING DESIGN GROUP. THE CUSTOMER'S ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND PROFESSIONAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. 3) THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ROOM AND AREA PREPARATION COSTS, PROFESSIONAL FEES, PERMITS, REPORTS, AND INSPECTION FEES. 4) EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED ON THE PART OF SMS SHALL BE CONTINGENT UPON STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 5) ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TAKEN FROM FINISHED SURFACES UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 6) THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X—RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST. ACTUAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST AT CUSTOMER'S ENGAGEMENT AND EXPENSE. RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL INFORMATION AS TO THE ROOM LOCATION, USE, AND NUMBER OF ANTICIPATED EXAMINATIONS TO BE PERFORMED PER TIME PERIOD SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE PHYSICIST BY THE CUSTOMER. THE CUSTOMER SHALL FURTHER TAKE ALL RESPONSIBILITY IN THE COMMUNICATION AND COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES OF THE RADIATION PHYSICIST AND THE ARCHITECTURAL REPRESENTATIVE. 7) SMS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SMS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CALIBRATION, CONNECTION AND INSTALLATION OF SMS PROVIDED CABLES, AND CONNECTION OF CONTRACTOR PROVIDED WIRES TO SMS EQUIPMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT SPECIFIC TRADE RULES OR LICENSE REQUIREMENTS PROHIBIT THIS, THE CUSTOMER SHALL INITIATE THE SERVICES OF APPROVED OTHER CONTRACTORS AND PAY FOR SELECTED, APPROVED PARTIES TO PERFORM THIS WORK WITH JOB SUPERVISION TO BE PROVIDED BY SMS. CALIBRATION WHEN ACCOMPLISHED OUTSIDE OF NORMAL INSTALLATION SEQUENCES DUE TO CONTRACTOR OR TRADE RULE ACTIONS OR REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY, CHARGED TO, AND ACCEPTED BY THE CUSTOMER AS AN ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION EXPENSE. 8) THE CUSTOMER SHALL VERIFY WITH SMS PROJECT MANAGER FINAL INSTALLATION DRAWINGS THE LOCATIONS AND TRAVEL OF ALL ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT TO BE CEILING OR WALL MOUNTED (IE: O.R. LIGHTS, MEDICAL GAS COLUMNS, PHYSIOLOGICAL MONITORING INJECTORS, CRT PLATFORMS, SPRINKLER HEADS, SMOKE DETECTORS, ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, HVAC GRILLES, SPEAKERS, AND GENERAL ROOM LIGHTING, ETC.). 9) THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR/CUSTOMER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL PAINT, TOUCH—UP AND ANY COSMETIC OR TRIM WORK WHICH NEEDS TO BE OR IS REQUIRED TO BE COMPLETED AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE SMS EQUIPMENT AND ANY ASSOCIATED SUPPORT APPARATUS. SITE READINESS GUIDELINES THE FOLLOWING GENERAL CONDITIONS ARE NECESSARY TO HAVE THE STATUS OF "READY SITE": 1) PROPER POWER AVAILABLE AT SIEMENS EQUIPMENT POWER CABINET LOCATION AND ALL POWER OUTLETS FUNCTIONING. 2) AIR CONDITIONING/HUMIDIFICATION SYSTEMS COMPLETE, TESTED, AND FUNCTIONING PROPERLY ACCORDING TO SIEMENS SPECIFICATIONS. 3) PROPER LIGHTING INSTALLED AND FUNCTIONING. 4) PLUMBING COMPLETE EXCEPT FOR ANY FINAL CONNECTIONS TO SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 5) ALL CABLE TRAYS/DUCTS/CONDUITS CORRECTLY SIZED, LOCATED, AND INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS. 6) ALL REINFORCEMENT PLATES/UNISTRUT INSTALLED AS REQUIRED. 7) ROOM FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND IMMEDIATE VICINITY IS DUST —FREE AND IS TO REMAIN SO FOR THE DURATION OF THE INSTALLATION. 8) A SECURE AREA (APPROXIMATELY 10' x 10') IS AVAILABLE AT EQUIPMENT DELIVERY FOR PARTS AND INSTALLATION TOOLS. 9) CUSTOMER SUPPLIED CAMERAS AND PROCESSORS INSTALLED. 10) CUSTOMER APPROVAL FOR SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) CONNECTION, AND CUSTOMER'S I.T. CONTACT INFORMATION AND IP ADDRESSES ESTABLISHED. 11) WALLS TO BE PRIMED AND PAINTED, FLOORS TO BE TILED EXCEPT IN AREAS OF THE EQUIPMENT BASE PLATES. IF THESE CONDITIONS ARE NOT MET, THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER AND THE DESIGNATED SIEMENS INSTALLATION SUPERVISOR SHALL RESCHEDULE THE INSTALLATION START DATE. NOTE: ADDITIONAL COST MAY BE INCURRED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR AND DELIVERY DATES MAY NEED TO BE RESCHEDULED, WHEN THE SIEMENS SITE READINESS GUIDELINES ARE NOT MET. RESOURCE LIST (SMS USE ONLY) DESIGNATION PG NUMBER DATE PLANNING GUIDE M7-010.891.01.08.02 08.14 A E R A REV 8 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAIL: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts@siemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH I LLS 1 l� 0 z Z W U 1 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 W SCAN ROOM - MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT 00 07/10/15 R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 APPROVED By COOMF6 FOR R S WILL PROSECUTION RESULT IN AUTHORIZATIONOIU D FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. 1404210 A 101 SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: 1 10 T. KELLEY —ISSUE. BLOCK— SCAB NOTED REF. '30184706 DATE: 12/10/14 SERVICE CLEARANCE 1 V 2 SERVICE CLEARANCE (I - o7o.-O. - s)) 10'-4 7/16- THE 0.5mT FIELD SHOULD BE RESTRICTED FROM [INDIVIDUALS WITH PACEMAKERS AND INSULIN PUMPS. I IT IS NECESSARY TO DISPLAY WARNING SIGNS AND I RESTRICT ACCESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. 0.5mT SAFETY CLEARANCE SAFETY _17n I \ \ III CLEARANCE fl CONTROL ROOM SAFETY/SERVICE CLEARANCE PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" AERA SIDE ELEVATION I SCALE: II 1 /4"=1'—0" -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. II CEILING HEIGHTS II EXAM ROOM 7'-11" MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6'-11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7'-3" MINIMUM -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. COVER 00 to co /- A TURRET COVER FOR CEILING HEIGHTS UP TO 8'-10 1/2" IS INCLUDED IN THE STANDARD AN EXTENSION FOR CEILING HEIGHTS UP TO I I IS AVAILABLE. FOR ROOM HEIGHTS EXCEEDIN I I A SOFFIT MUST BE BUILT TO MEET THE EXT rtl � MAGNET O 49 1/8" 91" O° FRONT ELEVATION co so 7/8" SIDE ELEVATION AERA MAGNET I SCALE: II NONE AERA FRONT ELEVATION I SCALE: II A E R A REV 8SIEME PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAIL: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts@siemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH I LLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM — MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION of PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 RESULNSIN APROORIUTION UNDIER 1404210 QO 07/10/15 pppROym BY CUSTOMERS FOR FlWV.S FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: � 2 10 T. KELLEY —ISSUE BLOCK— scALE: NOTED REF. �0184706 DATE: 12/10/14 0 z GASKET STAINLESS STEEL DIELECTRIC BUSHING SPRING WASHER STEEL STAINLESS STEEL /rSTAINLESS LOCKING NUTS STAINLESS�STEEL SCREW r, r, 3/16" MINIMUM 3/16" MIMIMUM STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE FLANGE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION HAS TO BE INSTALLED TO AVOID ELECTRICAL NOISE BEING PICKED UP BY LOOPS BETWEEN THE MAGNET, THE QUENCH TUBE, THE RF ROOM. AND THE BUILDING. IT IS NECESSARY TO HAVE ONE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION OF THE QUENCH TUBE INSIDE THE RF ROOM (PROVIDED BY SIEMENS AT THE MAGNET) AND ONE OUTSIDE THE RF ROOM (PROVIDED BY THE QUENCH TUBE MANUFACTURER). REV 0 DIELECTRIC ISOLATION NO SCALE QUENCH TUBE CONNECTION FLANGES BOTH ENDS I r-CONNECTION PLATE TO RF ROOM --A AS REQUIRED Lmin.= 4 x D = INTERNAL WAVE GUIDE DIAMETER (D </= 11 13/16") L = WAVE GUIDE LENGTH 11/8" MAXIMUM TYPICAL O O O O O O O 0 O 0 O 0 O O O O O O O O VIEW A DIAMETER TO SUIT THE RF CABIN FEED THROUGH NEEDS TO CONFORM TO CERTAIN GEOMETRIC CONSTRAINTS IN ORDER TO GUARANTEE THE RF INTEGRITY OF THE RF CABIN. AS A FUNCTION OF INTERNAL PIPE DIAMETER, THE FOLLOWING APPLIES TO MINIMUM PIPE LENGTH FOR FREQUENCIES UP TO 128 MHz AND 110 dB ATTENUATION. DEPENDING ON RF CABIN DESIGNS, RF SEALS CAN BE REQUIRED BETWEEN THE MOUNTING FLANGE AND THE RF CABIN. QUENCH TUBE RF CABIN FEED THROUGH REV 0 - WAVE GUIDE I NO SCALE RF DOOR OPENING IN THE EVENT OF A CATASTOPHIC FAILURE OF THE QUENCH VENT DURING A QUENCH, PRESSURE BUILT UP MAY PREVENT OPENING A DOOR THAT OPENS INTO THE RF ROOM, PREVENTING EVACUATION FROM LIFE THREATENING CONDITIONS. FOR THIS REASON THE RF DOOR SHOULD OPEN TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF ROOM. IF THE DOOR CANNOT OPEN OUT FROM THE RF ROOM, OTHER APPROPRIATE MEANS HAVE TO BE PROVIDED SO THAT THE RF ROOM DOOR IS NOT PREVENTED FROM OPENING DUE TO PRESSURE. IF THE DOOR OPENS INTO THE RF ROOM, A 24"x24" OPENING FOR PRESSURE EQUALIZATION INTO THE RF ROOM MUST BE INSTALLED. THIS IS MANDATORY. THIS IS NOT AN ESCAPE HATCH. THE PURPOSE OF THE OPENING IS TO RELIEVE PRESSURE AND ALLOW THE MAIN DOOR TO BE OPENED SO THAT OCCUPANTS CAN BE EVACUATED. THE OPENINGS WILL HAVE PANELS INSTALLED IN THE RF ROOM OR THE DOOR THAT CAN BE UNLOCKED AND OPENED TO THE OUTSIDE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY. THESE PANELS REQUIRE AN RF SEALED INSTALLATION. AFTER OPENING THE PANEL, THE OUTLET SHOULD MEASURE AT LEAST 24"x24". WHEN USING RECTANGULAR PANELS, THE SHORTER SIDE SHOULD MEASURE OF MINIMUM OF 24". TO ENSURE UNOBSTRUCTED VENTING, THIS OPENING CANNOT BE SUBDIVIDED. THIS MEANS THAT, FOR EXAMPLE, RF SEALED HONEYCOMB GRIDS ARE NOT PERMITTED. EASY REMOVAL OF THE PANEL BY A PERSON HAS TO BE ENSURED AND A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 40" TO A FIXED OBJECT MUST BE MAINTAINED. THE PANEL SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AND ALLOW ESCAPE OF THE LOW DENSITY HELIUM. AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO AN OUTSWING DOOR, THE STATIONARY OBSERVATION WINDOW IS REPLACED BY A WINDOW OPENING INTO THE CONTROL AREA OR THE DOOR IS REPLACED WITH AN RF SEALED SLIDING DOOR. IT SHOULD BE ENSURED THAT THE DOOR CLOSES IN A WAY THAT ALLOWS IT TO MOVE AWAY FROM THE FRAME IN CASE OF OVERPRESSURE. IF THE DOOR OPENS TO THE OUTSIDE, THE OPENING IN THE RF ROOM IS STILL RECOMMENDED. THE RF ROOM MANUFACTURER CAN PROVIDE YOU WITH ADDITIONAL RF SEALED ROOM OPENINGS THAT LEAD DIRECTLY TO THE OUTSIDE. HOWEVER, THESE OPENINGS ARE ALSO CONDUITS FOR NOISE GENERATED OUTSIDE THE RF ROOM. UNOBSTRUCTED FLOW THROUGH THIS PIPE MUST BE GUARANTEED. EXHAUST AND INTAKE FOR AIR CONDITIONINT RF FILTER PANEL RF SHIELDING QUENCH TUBE EXIT RF WINDOW RF ROOM DOOR OPENING FOR OPENING PRESSURE DIRECTION TO EQUALIZATION THE OUTSIDE SAFETY ASPECTS FOR THE RF ROOM: IT MUST BE POSSIBLE TO LOCK THE RF ROOM (EXAMINATION ROOM) DOOR FROM THE OUTSIDE. IT MUST ALSO BE POSSIBLE TO OPEN THE DOOR FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT A KEY OR ADDITIONAL DEVICE. THE RF DOOR IS AN IMPORTANT COMPONENT FOR GOOD IMAGE QUALITY AS WELL AS SAFETY, THE OWNER/OPERATOR OF THE MR SYSTEM MUST MAINTAIN THE RF ROOM AS INSTRUCTED BY THE RF ROOM MANUFACTURER IN ORDER TO GUARANTEE CORRECT FUNCTION OF THE RF DOOR. NO FERROMAGNETIC ITEMS CAN BE BROUGHT INTO THE RF ROOM AFTER THE MAGNET HAS BEEN RAMPED UP TO FIELD. MAGNETIC ITEMS WILL BECOME ATTRACTED TO THE MAGNET WITH NO WARNING AND DUE TO THE HIGH MAGNETIC FIELD, WILL BECOME MISSILES. NOTE: FOR DOORS MOVED BY AN AUXILIARY DRIVES (ELECTRICAL OR PNEUMATIC), MANUAL OPERATION HAS TO BE ENSURED. AN OUTSIDE WINDOW SHOULD BE IN THE VICINITY TO ALLOW VENTING EXHAUSTED GAS TO THE OUTSIDE. THE INTEGRITY OF THE RF SHIELD MUST BE TESTED AFTER REMODELING. REV 0 SAFETY INFORMATION - PRESSURE EQUALIZATION NONEE: RF SHIELDING THE EXAMINATION AREA MUST BE SHIELDED TO PROVIDE A REDUCTION OF RADIO FREQUENCY WAVES EMANATING FROM EXTERNAL TRANSMITTERS. THE REQUIRED ATTENUATION IS 90dB IN THE FREQUENCY RANGE OF 15-128 MHz. IF CO -SITING TWO SYSTEMS EACH ROOM SHOULD BE 100 dB. THE RF SHIELD MUST BE TESTED BEFORE AND AFTER MAGNET PLACEMENT IN THE RF ROOM AND AFTER THE SIEMENS RF FILTER PANEL IS INSTALLED. THE RF-SHIELDING MUST BE INSULATED FROM ALL GROUNDS SUCH THAT THE ONLY GROUND IS THE SINGLE POINT GROUND ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF-ROOM WALL. RESISTANCE > 100 OHMS. ALL ELECTRICAL LINES INTO THE RF ROOM MUST BE ROUTED THROUGH RF FILTERS (PROVIDED BY RF SHIELDING SUPPLIER). ALL ELECTRICALLY NON-CONDUCTIVE SUPPLY LINES (E.G. FIBER OPTIC CABLES, OR HOSES) INTO THE RF ROOM MUST BE ROUTED THROUGH RF SEALED WAVE GUIDES (PROVIDED BY RF SHIELDING SUPPLIER). FOR PRESSURE EQUALIZATION PURPOSES THE RF DOOR SHOULD OPEN TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF ROOM. AS AN ALTERNATIVE A 24"X24" OPENING IN THE RF ROOM FOR PRESSURE EQUALIZATION IS REQUIRED. REV 0 IEXAM ROOM INTERIOR NOTES II 1) ONLY NON-MAGNETIC MATERIALS ARE TO BE USED AND INSTALLED IN THE RF ROOM. 2) A SUSPENDED CEILING MUST BE STATICALLY SUSPENDED, NOT SUSPENDED WITH MOVABLE CLAMPS, SPRINGS, ETC. 3) CORRUGATED RODS IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS MUST BE INSTALLED SECURELY. GALVANIC CONTENT BETWEEN THE CORRUGATED RODS MUST BE GUARANTEED, THEY MUST NOT JUST LIE ON TOP OF ONE ANOTHER. A WIRE JUMPER BETWEEN RODS MAY BE USEFUL. 4) ELECTRICAL WIRING, FOR AMBIENT LIGHTS FOR EXAMPLE, MUST NOT SIMPLY REST ON THE SUSPENDED CEILING, THEY MUST BE FASTENED OR INSIDE A CONDUIT TO PREVENT MOTION. REV 0 II SHIELDING GENERAL NOTES II 1) SIEMENS REQUESTS THAT THE SHIELDING MANUFACTURERS) SUBMIT FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS TO SIEMENS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO THEIR INCLUSION IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. SIEMENS SHALL BE COPIED ON ALL FIELD ORDER CHANGES CONCERNING CHANGES IN RF AND MAGNETIC SHIELDING CONDITIONS, CONFIGURATION AND SPECIFICATION. THE RF AND MAGNETIC SHIELDING CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL FURNISH "AS BUILT" SCALED AND DIMENSIONED PLANS REFLECTING ANY AND ALL FIELD ORDER CHANGES PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 2) ALL CHANGES TO SIEMENS RECOMMENDED OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 3) THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND DIMENSIONS OF ANY MAGNETIC SHIELDING REQUIRED HAS BEEN DETERMINED BY SIEMENS. THIS INFORMATION HAS BEEN SUPPLIED TO THE MAGNETIC SHIELDING FABRICATOR TO DESIGN THE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM REQUIRED FOR THE MAGNETIC SHIELDING MATERIAL. REV 0 FILTER PLATE GENERAL NOTES 1) STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND INTEGRATION OF THE SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED FILTER PLATE WITH MAGNETIC AND RF SHIELDING SHALL BE SPECIFIED, DETAILED AND NOTED BY THE RF AND MAGNETIC SHIELDING MANUFACTURERS) WITH OVERALL COORDINATION WITH SIEMENS SITE SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD. 2) THE FILTER PLATE FRAME, RF FILTER PLATE BLANK, RF GASKET AND MOUNTING HARDWARE FOR THE PURPOSES OF TESTING THE INTEGRITY OF THE RF ENCLOSURE PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED RF FILTER PLATE SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE SHIELDING CONTRACTOR(S) UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. REV 01 4'-7 1 8" FINISHED WALL OPENING LINE OF FINISHED CEILING 3'-10 7 16" 3'-6 3/4- RF SHIELD OPENING LINE OF FINISHED WALL OPENING GRADIENT FILTERSZ — — — — — — — — 0 o e o s e e o e e o 0 0 0 o a THE FINISHED WALL DIMENSION -J APPLIES TO THE EQUIPMENT iv < O co ROOM AND THE EXAM ROOM. ^ o Z wZ W N ZO LINE OF FINISHED o I oI ..... ° °o noon to I - ® tc w z _IEn mw 1 01 0 0 0: 1_j Erna � O I o1 O O O Q N o=------� ° 0 M r o e o 0 o e e e e o o — PENETRATIONS FOR CRYOGEN SUPPLY LINES RF CABLE I OOLING WATER SUPPLY AND 1 1/16" I LISHIELDING I RETURN LINES 2 15/16" 3'-2 7 16" 15 x 2 9/16" TYP. r• D z R T Li J Q 0 of Lo L ~ Z 3 m Z U 0 g u- UJI } z J �w o [L w N . 0 0 w 0 I.-w Z af 0 0 � w It co M II EQUIPMENT ROOM SIDE FILTER PLATE ELEVATION 13/4"=l'—o" II 21 7/8" 6 5/8" AIR = = AIR OUTLET = = OUTLET SIEMENSJRFFILTER PL AIR _ AIR INLET L= INLET 45 1/2" 30 1/4" EQUIPMENT ROOM EXAM ROOM IF A COVER IS DESIRED TO CONCEAL THE FILTER PANEL INSIDE THE EXAM ROOM (NOT INCLUDED IN DELIVERY), IT IS NECESSARY TO HAVE VENTILATION AND PROPER CLEARANCE FOR CABLING AND SERVICE. RECOMMENDED SIZE IS 4'-4" WIDE. THERE SHOULD BE A MINIMUM 8" CLEAR FROM THE TOP OF THE FILTER TO THE CEILING ABOVE. 2 FILTER PANEL COVERS1 NO SCALE 12" o � o 0 0 0 of 0 ® O N 10 GI ,---7 0) I I o f I I I o -FILTERS - TYPICAL (6) PLACES. 1" DIAMETER X 4" LONG WAVEGUIDE 2" DIAMETER X 8" LONG WAVEGUIDE -2" DIAMETER X 8" LONG WAVEGUIDE AREA FOR o o 0 o EXPANSION CUTOUT ON RF PANEL `-MOUNTING HARDWARE AS REQUIRED BY RF SHIELD MANUFACTURER. NON -SIEMENS EQUIPMENT REQUIRING RF ROOM PENETRATION REQUIRES A SEPARATE PENETRATION PANEL BE PROVIDED BY THE CUSTOMER AND INSTALLED BY THE RF ROOM MANUFACTURER. SIEMENS FILTER PANEL IS RESERVED FOR SIEMENS PRODUCTS AND FUTURE UPGRADES ONLY. TYPICAL OEM (ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER) EQUIPMENT MAY INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, INJECTORS, fMRI, AND SAFETY RELATED ITEMS. SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS WILL HAVE DETAILED INFORMATION REGARDING REQUIRED PENETRATIONS. ABOVE IS AN EXAMPLE OF A PENETRATION PANEL THAT WILL MEET MANY REQUIREMENTS. THE PENETRATION PANEL SHALL BE LOCATED IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE SIEMENS FILTER PANEL AND BE COMPLIANT WITH ALL SIEMENS RF ROOM REQUIREMENTS. REV 0 OEM FILTER PANEL NO SCALE 1 J Z Z W U 1 A E R A REV 8 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAI L: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts@siemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH 1 LLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM — MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 RIE ULITSR IN A OSOECUTION U DI TION Q07/10/15 ER 14 04 21 O O AppROy�p gY CUSTOMERS FOR FlNALS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION —ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X—RAY AND ASSOCIATED — 4 10 T. KELLEY A 502 MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCAL REF. DATE: -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. ISSUE BLOCK— A NOTED t-0184706 12/10/14 II 9 1 /7" - 13 3/4" THE SIEMENS FILTER PANEL MUS� INSTALLED SO THAT IT IS ACCES`. FOR SERVICE. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION ALTERNATE INSTALLATION SURFACE COIL SIZES COIL NAME POUND WEIGHT INCHES LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT BODY COIL 18 4 15 1/8 23 1/4 3 HEAD/NECK COIL 20 11 17 3/8 13 14 5/8 SPINE COIL 32 24 47 1/4 19 1/4 3 FLEX COIL LARGE 4 1.2 20 3/8 8 7/8 — FLEX COIL SMALL 4 1 14 3/8 6 7/8 — PERIPHERAL ANGIO 36 18 33 7/8 26 11 HAND/WRIST COIL 16 6 13 1/8 8 1 /2 4 1 /2 HAND/WRIST COIL BASE 4 20 5/8 12 3/8 1 1/4 FOOT/ANKLE COIL 16 7 16 1/8 13 15 3/8 FOOT/ANKLE COIL BASE 15 16 3/4 13 1/8 15 1/8 SHOULDER COIL LARGE 16 15 15 17 19 SHOULDER COIL SMALL 16 15 12 17 19 CP EXTREMITY 15 16 10 5/8 11 3/8 TX.RX 15 CHANNEL KNEE 15 10 1/8 14 1/8 12 1/4 BI BREAST COIL 4 CH. 23 34 5/8 18 1 /2 8 1/4 Al BREAST COIL 16 CH. 24 28 18 1/2 7 7/8 SENTINELLE VANGUARD IMMOBIUZER 45 43 1/4 22 7/8 11 WHEN THE SIEMENS FILTER PANEL IS INSTALLED VERTICALLY, THERE MUST BE AMPLE SPACE AT THE RIGHT SIDE FOR CABLE CONNECTIONS AND HEAT EXHAUST. 399 MAXIMUM (WITH EXTENDED CABLE SET) 8" F7 GPA I EPC I I I I I I I IN I Iv 1 l<I I I I I I I I II L- J 0 ALTERNATE INSTALLATION ELECTRONICS CABINET AND RF FILTER PLATE FRONT VIEW 11/2"=l'-O" 22 5/8" 12 5/8" D 22 5/8" 12 5/8" 22 5/8" 12 5/8" a c Z CID SIEMENS RF FILTER PLATE RF SHIELD SIEMENS RF 10 FILTER PLATE z_ Fq �RF SHIELD "NSA z n • 00 ►'� SIEMENS RF r- FILTER PLATE SIEMENS SIEMENS z SIEMENS EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT co \ CABINET CABINET z ;� CABINET I I7-1 ODLn I � RF SHIELD io i00 23 5/8" MIN. EQUIPMENT EXAM EQUIPMENT w 1/2- EXAM EQUIPMENT EXAM ROOM ROOM ROOM ROOM ROOM ROOM RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION ALTERNATE INSTALLATION MINIMUM ROOM HEIGHT INSTALLATION 2 ELECTRONICS CABINET AND RF FILTER PLATE SIDE VIEW SCALE: PATIENT VIDEO MONITORING IT IS IMPORTANT TO VISUALLY MONITOR THE PATIENT DURING AN MR EXAM, IF OPERATING PERSONNEL CANNOT VISUALLY OBSERVE THE PATIENT THROUGH AN RF ROOM WINDOW VIDEO CAMERAS ARE OPTIONALLY AVAILABLE FROM SIEMENS. THE CAMERA INSIDE THE EXAM ROOM WILL HAVE TO BE INSTALLED ON THE FINISHED WALL, THE CAMERA WALL BRACKET IS PART OF THE DELIVERY, MOUNTING SCREWS AND DOWELS SHOULD BE PROVIDED LOCALLY. THE CHART BELOW SHOWS SUGGESTED MOUNTING HEIGHTS RELATED TO THE WALL DISTANCE FROM THE MAGNET COVER. 5'-9" 5'-7" 5'-5" 5'-3" 5'-1" 4'-11" 4'-9" 4'-7" 4'-5" 4'-3" J IV I LV LJ DISTANCE BETWEEN MAGNET COVER AND WALL (FEET) REV 0 1 I� 3 PATIENT SUPERVISION CAMERA I NONE : SCALEII A E R A REV 8 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAI L: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.robertsQsiemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH I LLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM — MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT TION R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 RESULTSUTHORIZR IN A OSECUTION U DIER 1404210 QO 07/10/15 AppM BY CUSTOMERS FOR R S FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: ATTENTION- AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED 3 10 T. KELLEY A 501 MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCA REF. # DATE: —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK - NOTED 30184706 12/10/ 14 I 0 z 1 J II 10'-4 7/16" NOTE: FOR THE WEIGHTS OF ALL SIEMENS EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN, SEE THE "EQUIPMENT LEGEND" ON SHEET A-101. I M co ISOCENTER 1 OF MAGNET I I l ® I ® O° i ® 2 S-101 S-101 EXAM ROOM rti EQUIPMENT ROOM CONTROL ROOM STRUCTURAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1 ' -O" VIBRATION OF THE SITE HAS THE ABILITY TO AFFECT THE STABILITY AND HOMOGENEITY OF THE MAGNETIC FIELD. THEREFORE EXTERNAL VIBRATIONS OR SHOCKS AFFECTING THE MAGNET MAY DEGRADE IMAGE QUALITY. IN THE THREE SPATIAL ORIENTATIONS THE BUILDING MUST NOT EXCEED ACCELERATION OF 0.001 m/s2 OR —80 dB(G) G=9.81 m/ss THE REQUIREMENT FOR a max IS MEASURED AS MAXIMUM RMS VALUE PER FREQUENCY COMPONENT <0.5Hz IN THE FOURIER TRANSFORMATION OF THE RECORDED SIGNAL (SPECTRUM), THE VIBRATION LEVEL OF CONTINUOUS VIBRATIONS (CAUSED BY AIR CONDITIONER, COMPRESSOR, ETC.) AT THE LOCATION OF THE MAGNET MUST NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED VALUES. FOR ALL NON —CONTINUOUS TRANSIENT VIBRATIONS THE FIGURES SHOULD BE MULITIPLIED BY 4 (OR 12 dB). CONTACT SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER FOR MORE DETAILS. 0.1000 N Of 0.0100 N U) E Z O Q Of W J W U U Q 0.0010 m Z) m X Q 0.0001 L- - - - MAGNET ON ISOLr.TORS 10 MAGNET ON SYLOMER+SYLODAMP PADS 10.0 FREQUENCY (Hz) 100.0 PERMISSIBLE ACCELERATION ISCALE NONE: 11 -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. 31 1/2" 9'-11" x 18'-5" AREA OF FLOOR IN ACCORDING TO OUR EXPERIENCE, 15 3/4" THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET SHALL THE MASS OF THE FLOOR SHOULD BE LEVEL WITHIN +/— X6" BE 123 POUNDS/SQUARE FOOT i-------------- -__-- I _________------------------------------------- (CORRESPONDING TO A THICKNESS I OF 8" MINIMUM) TO ACHIEVE GOOD I I VIBRATION AND STRUCTURE —BORNE 2" TYP. 8 POSITIONS j NOISE SOUND ISOLATION. THIS IS I CHOC SEISMIC ANCHOR LOCATIONS I A RECOMMENDATION. STOP kIN (2518 POUNDS FORCE) I STOP CHOC I I 11.2 kN (2518 POUNDS FORCE) j MAGNET ISOCENTER j04 Lo I Go 00\ \ CD j I i to CD a Lo STOP CHOC to co i I II 11.2 kN (2518 POUNDS FORCE) , 4 I Ln M I I I I I I I I I STOP CHOC SEISMIC ANCHOR LOCATIONS 11.2 kN (2518 POUNDS FORCE) j I i I I I ---------- ----t----I-------------------------------------------------� 14 13/16" 6 � 14 13/16" AERA MAGNET BASE DETAIL 3�8"=l'-O" 2'-4 3/4" 2'-2" I L7A 0 0 A — n 0 0 N il THE PATIENT TABLE BASE PLATE MUST BE RECESSED INTO THE TOP LAYER OF THE FLOOR. THE COMPLETE BASEPLATE HAS TO BE COVERED WITH THE FINISHED FLOOR COVERING. SCREWS FOR SECURING THE TABLE BASE TO THE FLOORING.. BASEPLATE FOR MOBILE TABLE TO BE SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. MAGNET ISOCENTER SECTION A -A EXAMPLE OF BASEPLATE MOUNTING, SECTION THROUGH RF CABIN FLOOR, NOT TO SCALE. IGj FINISHED FLOOR COVERING OFLOORING, SPECIFIED BY OTHERS O3 RF SHIELD BY SHIELDING VENDOR OVAPOR BARRIER OCONCRETE FLOOR ✓E. I� 2 BASEPLATE FOR MOBILE PATIENT TABLE 13/8"=1'-0" CEILING HEIGHTS EXAM ROOM 7'-11" MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6'-11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7'-3" MINIMUM -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. STRUCTURAL NOTES 1) THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBERS AND NEEDED HARDWARE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 2) THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM SHALL BE FIXED, RIGID AND BRACED FOR SWAY. 3) ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBERS SHALL BE TRUE, SQUARE, LEVEL, PARALLEL AND COPLANAR WITH RESPECT TO EACH OTHER, WITH A HORIZONTAL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBER TO BE LOCATED AND SET WITH A TRANSIT. 4) ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT DETAILS SHOWN ARE SAMPLE DETAILS BASED UPON TYPICAL AND STANDARD BUILDING PRACTICES AND ARE NOT INTENDED AS ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. ALL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AND SUPPORT CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED BY A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AT THE CUSTOMER'S EXPENSE. IN THE EVENT AN EXISTING SUPPORT SYSTEM IS TO BE USED, IT WILL BE THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE INTEGRITY OF THAT SYSTEM. 5) MOUNTING PLATES, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS AS DETAILED IN THIS DRAWING SET ARE INSTALLED BY SIEMENS UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE PROVIDED MATERIALS OR MOUNTING METHODS MUST BE DESIGNED AND DOCUMENTED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALTERNATE MOUNTING MATERIALS (I.E. ANCHORS, THREADED ROD, BACKING PLATES, ETC.) MUST BE SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. SIEMENS MAY REQUIRE ASSISTANCE FROM THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR WITH INSTALLATION WHEN UTILIZING ALTERNATE MOUNTING MATERIALS. 6) ALL CEILING FIXTURES (I.E. AIR SUPPLY GRILLES, AIR RETURN GRILLES, EXHAUST GRILLES, SPRINKLER HEADS, INCANDESCENT AND FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES, INTERCOM SPEAKERS, MEDICAL GAS COLUMNS, ETC.) SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH MOUNTED WITH THE FINISHED CEILING TO PROVIDE FREE AND UNRESTRICTED TRAVEL OF THE SMS CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 7) THE BOTTOM SIDE OF THE UNISTRUT CEILING GRID AND ANY CEILING MOUNTED SUPPORT PLATES ARE TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED CEILING. THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE COVERSTRIPS FOR THE UNISTRUT. 8) THE STRUCTURAL PLANNING AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4" STRUCTURAL PLAN HAS BEEN COORDINATED WITH THE EQUIPMENT LOCATION AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4" EQUIPMENT LAYOUT PLAN. FOR THIS REASON, ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE STRUCTURAL PLANNING AS SHOWN MUST BE APPROVED BY SMS PLANNING DEPARTMENT. 9) THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND DETAIL OF FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING STRUCTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WEIGHTS, MOMENTS AND FORCES AS SHOWN ON OUR STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS, OR INFORMATION,IN CONSIDERATION OF FORCES AS DETERMINED PER LOCAL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES. 5" 4 3/4" co Lo THE INTERFACE PANEL (IFP) IS THE INTERFACE BETWEEN THE KRAUS CHILLER AND THE ACC CABINET OF THE MR SYSTEM, AND IS THE COLD WATER SUPPLY FOR THE COLD HEAD COMPRESSOR. IT IS DELIVERED WITH THE CHILLER PRIOR TO THE DELIVERY OF THE MAGNET SYSTEM. THE IFP, WHICH WEIGHS 88 POUNDS, IS TO BE MOUNTED TO THE WALL IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM IN SHOWN LOCATION BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. MOUNTING HARDWARE AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE TO BE SUPPLIED LOCALLY. THE IFP SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THE 16 FOOT HOSE LENGTH FROM THE IFP TO THE ACC IS NOT EXCEEDED. 3 IFP MOUNTINGINO SCALE N M I I — O O /� 3/8"0 3/8090':' — MOUNTING HARDWARE MOUNTING POINTS � 3�8,��D 3/$„� I I 2" 2" 41 3/8" REV 8 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAI L: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts@siemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH I LLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM - MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 RIESULTSIN PROSOECUTION RIZATION U DIER 1404210 QO 07/10/15 APPROVED By CITOM RS FOR ANALS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: L� 5 10 T. KELLEY siol -ISSUE BLOCK- SCA AS NOTED REF. #30184706 DATE: 12/10/ 14 I 0 z W U Z DEDI SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONRACTOR. SEE "POWER SCHEDULE". 1 TWO DUPLEX OUTLETS MUST BE PROVIDED IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM FOR SERVICE PURPOSES ZOL M ELECTRICAL RACEWAY PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" SYMBOLS ALL MAY NOT APPLY ® CAUTION OR WARNING CRITICAL NOTE(S) ® PANEL OR ENCLOSURE BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR OPENING IN RACEWAY OR TRENCHDUCT 0 PULLBOX IN (FLOOR/WALL/CEILING) ❑ OPENING IN ACCESS FLOORING DS RF DOOR SWITCH — MCMASTER—CARR SUPPLY ROLLER LIMIT SWITCH 70761<14 PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR, AND MOUNTED AT TOP OF DOOR. COORDINATE WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. ►� (EPO) EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTON E;:_=_::_] CEILING DUCT SURFACE MOUNTED DUCT ® VERTICAL DUCT ETHERNET CONNECTION TO CUSTOMER'S INFORMATION SYSTEMS NETWORK (VERIFY WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER). 110 VOLT, 20 AMP, HOSPITAL GRADE DUPLEX OUTLET LOCATED NEAR THE ETHERNET CONNECTION. REV 1 1) THE ENCLOSURE MUST BE MOUNTED AT A HEIGHT SO THE TOP OF THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER HANDLE, WHEN IN THE ON POSITION DOES NOT EXCEED 6'-7- ABOVE THE FLOOR (PER NEC #404.8). 2) INCOMING POWER IS CONNECTED TO THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER LOCATED AT THE UPPER RIGHT OF THE MAIN DISCONNECT PANEL. 3) THERE ARE NO CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS PROVIDED IN THE IEC. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST PUNCH THE CONDUIT HOLES IN THE ENCLOSURE WALLS IN THE DESIRED LOCATIONS. THE CONDUITS MAY ENTER ON THE TOP, BOTTOM, OR EITHER SIDE. NOTE: WHEN DRILLING OR PUNCHING THE CONDUIT ENTRY HOLES, PROTECT THE INTERNAL COMPONENTS FROM THE FALLING METAL CHIPS. 4) THE MR IS LOCATED ON THE LOAD SIDE OF CONTACTOR K2, TERMINALS 2T1,4T2 AND 6T3. THE CHILLER IS LOCATED ON THE LOAD SIDE OF BREAKER Q3, TERMINALS 2T1 AND 4T2 AND 6T3. SET THE ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS ON THE MAIN, CHILLER AND MR CIRCUIT BREAKERS ACCORDING TO THE POWER REQUIREMENTS. 5) RF CABINET LIGHTS ARE CONNECTED TO SPRING TERMINALS X01, IN THE LOWER LEFT CORNER OF THE PANEL. 6) CONNECT THE EMERGENCY POWER OFF (EPO) CIRCUITS TO TERMINALS X02. CONNECT THE IEC EPO TO TERMINALS 1 AND 2 OF X02, AND CONNECT THE UPS EPO TO TERMINALS 4 AND 5 OF X02. 7) CONNECT THE UPS CIRCUIT TO TERMINALS 1 AND 2 OF X03. THESE TERMINALS ARE JUMPERED TO TERMINALS 4 AND 5 OF X02. (4) .44" HOLES FOR MOUNTING c I K 2'-4 1 /2" I I —, rr I I 004 O p I O I N I I DO NOT CONNECT THE UPS CIRCUIT TO TERMINALS 1 AND 2 OF X02, THIS WILL 150 POUND INTEGRATED ELECTRICAL CABINET TO DAMAGE THE SAFETY RELAY AND CAUSE THE PANEL TO NOT FUNCTION. BE MOUNTED ON FINISHED WALL IN LOCATION COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. INTEGRATED ELECTRICAL CABINET SCAiE_0" - THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED - IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. - THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYM SIZE DESCRIPTION REMARKS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR ® 3"0 OPENING IN FACE OF VERTICAL DUCT 5'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN LOCATION TO BE ALARM BOX COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT. ®® 18" x 18" LOCATION FOR CABLES TO DROP OUT OF BOTTOM OF RACEWAY. ELECTRONICS CABINETS © AS REQUIRED LOCATION FOR CABLES TO DROP OUT OF BOTTOM OF RACEWAY. MAGNET CABLE ACCESS © AS REQUIRED NON—FERROUS PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED CEILING AND CONNECTED TO THE MAGNET CABLE ACCESS BOTTOM OF "CD2. PROVIDE NEATLY FINISHED AND REMOVABLE COVER WITH CABLE EXIT. EXACT LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT. ® AS REQUIRED NON—FERROUS PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED CEILING AND CONNECTED TO THE MAGNET CABLE ACCESS BOTTOM OF "CD1. PROVIDE NEATLY FINISHED AND REMOVABLE COVER WITH CABLE EXIT. EXACT LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT. ® ---- EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTONS, SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL SEE POWER SCHEDULE, CONTRACTOR. MOUNTED WITH CENTERLINE AT 5'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL PARTS ARE SHEET E-102 TO BE NONFERROUS INSIDE THE RF ROOM. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD. Ft ---- SIEMENS RF FILTER PANEL TO BE MOUNTED ON RF SHIELDED WALL FILTER PANEL ® ---- CONNECTION POINT FOR LOOSE CABLE INTERFACE PANEL © ---- INTEGRATED ELECTRICAL CABINET SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. SEE POWER SCHEDULE ---- MAIN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT. EXACT LOCATION DETERMINED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SEE POWER SCHEDULE ® 4" x 4" OPENING IN FACE OF RACEWAY IN SHOWN LOCATION. HOST COMPUTER ® AS REQUIRED NON—FERROUS SINGLE GANG BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL MOUNTED 6'-0" ABOVE MAGNET STOP FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE NEATLY FINISHED AND REMOVABLE COVER WITH CABLE EXIT. EXACT LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT. ® AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL 72" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN SHOWN POWERWARE 9390 LOCATION PROVIDED WITH 2"0 OPENING IN FINISHED COVER. ® AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED ADJACENT TO WATER CHILLER PROVIDED WITH FLEX—TITE CONDUIT FROM WATER CHILLER PULL BOX TO KNOCK OUT PANEL ON CHILLER. COORDINATE WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. CDt 24"x4" ALUMINUM CEILING DUCT WITH COVER, DIVIDED INTO (1) 23" AND (1) 1- COMPARTMENTS, CABLE DUCT MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER, IN THE EXAM ROOM, SEE DETAIL E-501/2 MAINTAINING 12" CLEARANCE ABOVE THE DUCT FOR ACCESS. CABLE DUCT IS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN THE FILTER PANEL AND THE MAGNET. A 15" MINIMUM CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE CABLE DUCT AND THE RF FILTER PANEL (F1). WHEN ROUTING ALL RACEWAYS REFER TO DETAIL E-501/2 TAKING CARE SO THAT MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTHS ARE NOT EXCEEDED. DO NOT LOCATE THIS CABLE DUCT ABOVE THE MAGNET. 6"x4" ALUMINUM CEILING DUCT WITH COVER, MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS CABLE DUCT PROJECT MANAGER, IN THE EXAM ROOM, MAINTAINING 12" CLEARANCE ABOVE THE DUCT FOR SEE DETAIL E-501 /2 ACCESS. CABLE DUCT IS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN THE FILTER PANEL AND THE MAGNET. A 15" MINIMUM CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE CABLE DUCT AND THE RF FILTER PANEL (F1). WHEN ROUTING ALL RACEWAYS REFER TO DETAIL E-501/2 TAKING CARE SO THAT MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTHS ARE NOT EXCEEDED. DO NOT LOCATE THIS CABLE DUCT ABOVE THE MAGNET. CD3 6"x4" ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY, MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER CABLE TRAY IN EXAM ROOM. A 12" SEPARATION BETWEEN CD1 AND CD2 MUST BE MAINTAINED. DO NOT SEE DETAIL E-501/2 LOCATE THIS CABLE TRAY ABOVE THE MAGNET. 24"x4" ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY, MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER CABLE TRAY IN EQUIPMENT ROOM MAINTAINING 12" CLEARANCE ABOVE THE TRAY FOR ACCESS. CABLE SEE DETAIL E-501 /2 LADDER IS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM AND THE RF FILTER PANEL (F1). AN 18" MINIMUM CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE LADDER TRAY AND THE FILTER PANEL. ID1 4" x 2" WIREMOLD SURFACE MOUNTED ON WALL IN CONTROL AREA AT FLOOR LINE AS SHOWN, FINISHED TO MATCH WALLS. VD1 10" x 3-1/2" VERTICAL DUCT MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL IN CONTROL AREA FROM ABOVE FINISHED CEILING TO FLOOR LINE PROVIDED WITH REMOVABLE FINISHED COVERS. 1 AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM FACILITY POWER TO "MD" SEE POWER SCHEDULE, SHEET E-102 2 AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM "MD" TO "UPS" SEE POWER SCHEDULE, SHEET E-102 3 AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM "UPS" TO "IEC" SEE POWER SCHEDULE, SHEET E-102 4 AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM "IEC" TO "EPO" SEE POWER SCHEDULE, SHEET E-102 5 AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM "EPO" TO "EPO" TO BE NON—FERROUS WHEN INSIDE THE RF ROOM. SEE POWER SCHEDULE, CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE RF FILTERS FOR ALL NON —SIEMENS WIRING. SHEET E-102 6 AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM "EPO" TO "UPS". SEE POWER SCHEDULE, SHEET E-102 7 (1) 2"0 CONDUIT FROM "IEC" TO END AT "EPC" VIA FLEX CONDUIT. THERE MUST BE A DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN THE CONDUIT AND THE CONNECTION AT THE SIEMENS EPC CABINET. 8 (2) 2 1/2"0 CONDUIT FROM 'VD1" (MRC)" TO "CD3" (EPC). NOT TO EXCEED 60 FEET 9 (1) 1 1/2"0 CONDUIT FROM "VD1" (AB) TO "CD3" (EPC). NOT TO EXCEED 60 FEET 10 (1) 1/2"0 CONDUIT FROM "DS" TO "CD3" (EPC). NOT TO EXCEED 60 FEET ii (1) 3/4"0 CONDUIT FROM "MS" TO "CD1" (WIRES TO MAGNET) TO BE NON—FERROUS WHEN INSIDE THE RF NOT TO EXCEED 20 FEET ROOM. 12 (1) 2"0 CONDUIT FROM "WCH" TO "EPC". NOT TO EXCEED 164 FEET 13 (1) 2"0 CONDUIT FROM "IEC" TO "WCH". CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED CABLES FROM VIA TO DESCRIPTION REMARKS SOURCE 1 MD (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) FULL SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE TO BE SIZED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR/ENGINEER. MD 2 UPS DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. UPS 3 IEC DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EPO 6 UPS DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 6 FOOT TAILS IEC 7,VD4 EPC (3) 2/0 AND (1) 2/0 EQUIPMENT GROUND. TO REDUCE EMI (INTERFERENCE) THE POWER CABLES MUST BE SHIELDED. THIS CAN BE ACHIEVED BY USING EMT, WHICH IS CONSIDERED A SHIELDING DEVICE. IF CABLES ARE RUN IN FREE AIR SHIELDED CONDUCTORS MUST BE USED. IEC 12 WCH (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) FULL SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE TO BE SIZED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR/ENGINEER. MAX SIZE #2 CEILING HEIGHTS EXAM ROOM 7'-11" MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6'-11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7'-3" MINIMUM -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. ELECTRICAL NOTES 1) COMPLIANCE: ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA-70), O.S.H.A. REGULATIONS, AS WELL AS APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF CITY, COUNTY, STATE AND FEDERAL AGENCIES. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT THAT COMPLY TO ANSI, IEEE AND NEMA STANDARDS. WHERE APPLICABLE, PROVIDE ONLY MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS THAT ARE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED. CUSTOMER'S/CONTRACTOR'S WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NECA STANDARD OF INSTALLATION. 2) QUALITY ASSURANCE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD TO INSURE THAT THE NEW WORK WILL FIT TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SHOULD ANY CONDITIONS EXIST OR BE DISCOVERED THAT PREVENT THE INSTALLATION OF WORK AS SHOWN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF EQUIPMENT, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK THAT MAY BE AFFECTED. DO NOT ALTER DRAWINGS, DIMENSIONS, OR SPECIFICATIONS IN ANY WAY WITHOUT CONTACTING AND RECEIVING WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM SMS PROJECT MANAGER. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. CONDUIT AND PULL BOXES TO BE INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR WITH LOCATIONS BEING FIELD VERIFIED BY SMS PROJECT MANAGER. 3) POWER SUPPLY SOURCE: POWER SUPPLIES FOR SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEDICATED SERVICES KEPT ENTIRELY FREE AND INDEPENDENT OF ALL OTHER BUILDING WIRING AND EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS: ELEVATORS, GENERATORS, PUMPS, HVAC SYSTEMS, ETC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE CUSTOMER/UTILITY COMPANY FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. 4) WORK FURNISHED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR: WORK NOT PROVIDED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS BUT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND DUCTS, WIRING TROUGHS, PULL BOXES, CONDUITS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, EMERGENCY OFF BUTTONS, DOOR SWITCHES, WARNING LIGHTS, WIRING, WIRING DEVICES, CONNECTORS, LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND GROUNDING. 5) RACEWAY AND CONDUIT NOTES: ALL ITEMS IN THE MAGNET ROOM SHALL BE NON—FERROUS. RACEWAY SHALL BE ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING (EMT) FOR RIGID CONDUIT WORK, OR WHERE SHORT OFF —SET CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED. FIELD BENDS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN AS SHOWN IN TABLE 346-10 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. PROVIDE A JETLINE "SUPER TRUE TAPE", OR EQUIVALENT CONDUIT MEASURING TAPE FISH LINE IN ALL RACEWAYS AND CONDUITS. CONDUIT BODIES SHALL NOT BE USED. WHERE A CONDUIT ENTERS A BOX, FITTING, OR OTHER ENCLOSURE, AN INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED TO PROTECT THE WIRE FROM ABRASION. CONNECTORS SHALL BE DOUBLE SET SCREW TYPE, STEEL CONCRETE TIGHT. KEEP RACEWAYS AT LEAST 6 INCHES AWAY FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF FLUES OR STEAM AND HOT WATER PIPES. INSTALL RACEWAY RUNS ABOVE WATER AND STEAM PIPES PROVIDED THAT CABLE RUN DISTANCES ARE MAINTAINED. USE TEMPORARY CLOSURES TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING RACEWAY. CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY. INSTALL CONDUIT WITH A MINIMUM OF BENDS IN THE SHORTEST PRACTICAL DISTANCE CONSIDERING THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND OBSTRUCTIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CERTAIN THAT ANY CONDUIT/RACEWAY RUNS CONTAINING SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS CABLES DO NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED MAXIMUM DISTANCES AS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DETAILS. PROVIDE ENCLOSED METAL RACEWAY SYSTEM (WIRE DUCT) WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITH DIVIDERS TO SEPARATE THE DUCT (FOR POWER AND SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS CABLING). DIVIDERS AND CROSSOVER PIECES TO BE PROVIDED AS NECESSARY. FOR UL CERTIFIED SYSTEMS, THE CABLE TO CABLE AS WELL AS THE CIRCUIT TO CIRCUIT SEPARATION REQUIREMENT WAS EVALUATED DURING THE UL SYSTEM INVESTIGATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT. ADDITIONAL SEPARATION OF THE SYSTEM CABLE ASSEMBLIES INTO SEPARATE OR PARTITIONED RACEWAYS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, IS NOT NECESSARY TO INSURE SEPARATION OF CIRCUITS, AS THEY CAN BE IN THE SAME RACEWAY. PROVIDE WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY WITH ACCESSIBLE REMOVABLE COVERS. LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS (I.E. ACCESS PANELS) TO BE CUT IN FIELD ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. ELECTRICAL PULL BOXES AND RACEWAY COVERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER TO ALLOW ACCESSIBILITY FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE. CONTRACTORS MUST PROVIDE PULL STRINGS FOR ALL CONDUIT AND WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY. IN —FLOOR TRENCH DUCT AND FLUSH FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FULLY GASKETED REMOVABLE COVERS. WHEN JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY ARE MOUNTED HIGHER THAN 14 FEET ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO ELECTRICIANS TO HELP THE SIEMENS INSTALL TEAM PULL SIEMENS SUPPLIED CABLES AT CUSTOMER EXPENSE. WHEN JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY ARE MOUNTED ABOVE A HARD CEILING (I.E. SHEET ROCK), A 24" x 24" ACCESS PANEL IS REQUIRED AT EACH JUNCTION BOX AND WITHIN 2 FEET OF EACH 90 DEGREE ELBOW OR TEE IN WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY. THERE MUST BE FREE AND CLEAR ACCESS TO JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY. WHEN ACCESS PANELS ARE LOCATED MORE THAN 3 FEET FROM JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO ELECTRICIANS TO HELP SIEMENS INSTALL TEAM PULL SIEMENS SUPPLIED CABLES AT CUSTOMER EXPENSE. 6) WIRING: WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN METAL RACEWAY, 600 VOLT CLASS, STRANDED TYPE THHN—THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTOR ANNEALED COPPER FOR A MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE OF 75' C (165' F). SIZED AS INDICATED. THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE MINIMUM 10 FT. WIRE TAILS AT ALL OUTLET POINTS WITH WIRE IDENTIFICATION TAGGED AT BOTH ENDS FOR FINAL CONNECTION BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS. 7) IN ADDITION TO THE CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD CURRENT RATING, CONSIDERATION MUST ALSO BE GIVEN TO SELECTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS THAT HAVE A HIGH ENOUGH SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT WITHSTAND RATING TO SAFELY COORDINATE WITH THE POWER SYSTEM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT. GENERALLY, WHEN THE 480 VOLT, 3 PHASE, MR EQUIPMENT IS SERVED FROM A POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM THAT IS PROVIDED WITH A 500 kVA OR SMALLER TRANSFORMER, A STANDARD 14,000 RMS AMPERE WITHSTAND RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER WILL BE ADEQUATE. HOWEVER, IF THE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM TRANSFORMER IS LARGER THAN 500 kVA, THEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS HAVING A SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND RATING GREATER THAN 14,000 RMS AMPERES MAY BE REQUIRED. E FR A REV 8 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAI L: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts@siemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH I LLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM - MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT SIEMER101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 RESULT R IN A OSOECUTION RIZATION U DI LL QO 07/10/15 ER 1404210 APPROVED BY CUSTOMERS FOR FlNkS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: E m 101 6 10 T. KELLEY -ISSUE. BLOCK- SCA� NOTED REF. '30184706 DATE: 12/ 10/ 14 z 0 I 0 z Z W U 0 0 u I a ---------------- 0 1n'—e. 7/1a' ELECTRICAL DIMENSION PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ISOLATION FILTER -� ROOM TRANSFORMER POWER LIGHTS THE ELECTRICAL GROUND FOR ANY AUXILIARY 120 VAC DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT USED BY THE OWNER MUST BE ISOLATED AND FILTER WALL FROM THE ELECTRICAL GROUND FOR THE SIEMENS OVERCURRENT RECEPTACLES EQUIPMENT. CONNECTION OF THE GROUND TO BUILDING PROTECTION STEEL, FOR EXAMPLE, TO THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT FILTER OTHER AC GROUND IS NOT PERMITTED AND WILL CAUSE A EQUIPMENT GROUND LOOP. IF A GROUND LOOP DOES EXIST THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL HAVE TO INSTALL AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER AS DESCRIBED HERE. f <24" + FACILITY RF SHIELD POWER BUS BAR/ GROUND STUD REV 1 - AUXILIARY AC POWER FOR EXAMINATION ROOM SCALE NONE -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. POWER SCHEDULE 480 VOLTS, 250 AMPS MAXIMUM. MINIMUM 250 AMP WIRE ALL CONDUITS AND WIRES SIZES MUST BE DETERMINED BY THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER MD OF RECORD PER N.E.0 AND TO MAINTAIN SIEMENS IMPEDANCE REQUIREMENTS. MINIMUM 250 AMP WIRE RF ROOM - FILTERS TO BE FURNISHED AND 9390 INSTALLED BY 160 KVA UPS PROVIDED SHIELDING BY SIEMENS, INSTALLED CONTRACTOR BY CONTRACTOR. CONTROL EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT ROOM ROOM PO PO = PO I I I EC INTEGRATED I I ELECTRICAL CABINET _T SIEMENS CHILLER BY ELECTRONICS IEMENS SIEMENS ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION MD 1 MAIN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT, 400 AMPS, FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED, FUSED BY ENGINEER OF RECORD PER EATON POWERWARE PLANNING GUIDE. SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER TO PROVIDE EATON POWERWARE PLANNING GUIDE. MAIN BREAKER AMPS: SEE POWER REQUIREMENTS VOLTS PHASES NEUTRAL GROUND TOTAL WIRES 480 3 0 1 4 (NOTE 1) 1) ALL WIRES MUST BE SAME SIZE. IEC 1 INTEGRATED ELECTRICAL CABINET PROVIDED BY SIEMENS, INSTALLED SURFACE MOUNTED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EPO 3 PROVIDED BY SIEMENS WITH THE INTEGRATED ELECTRICAL CABINET, INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. ALL ITEMS LISTED IN THIS SCHEDULE SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. REV 3 II POWER QUALITY NOTES II 1) IT IS THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE POWER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT. 2) THE ELECTRICAL FEEDER TO THE SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT MUST FEED ONLY THE IMAGING SYSTEM AND BE KEPT SEPARATE FROM ELECTRICAL FEEDERS TO HVAC, MOTORS, PUMPS, COMPRESSORS, ELEVATORS, AND OTHER POTENTIAL SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL INTERFERENCE. 3) THE ELECTRICAL FEEDER TO THE IMAGING SYSTEM MUST BE RUN DIRECTLY TO A MAIN FACILITY DISTRIBUTION PANEL OR TO THE FACILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE, WITH NO OTHER LOADS POWERED FROM THIS FEEDER. 4) IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH IMAGING SYSTEM POWER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL POWER CONDITIONING DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED. EXAMPLES INCLUDE VOLTAGE REGULATORS, TRANSFORMERS, SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES, FILTERS, AND/OR UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES (UPS). RECOMMENDED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT CAN BE FOUND IN IEEE STANDARD 1100-1999 "POWERING AND GROUNDING ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT: 5) POWER CONDITIONING DEVICES NOT APPROVED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS MAY NOT BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM. "FERRORESONANT" POWER CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT RE —APPLIED FROM PREVIOUS GENERATION SYSTEMS IS ALSO GENERALLY EXCLUDED DUE TO HIGHER POWER REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEWER SYSTEMS. 6) INCOMING SOURCE POWER WIRES MUST BE SEPARATED FROM ANY SIEMENS CABLING BY A MINIMUM OF 12". REV 0 II CEILING HEIGHTS II EXAM ROOM 7'-11 " MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6'-11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7'-3" MINIMUM -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. POWER REQUIREMENTS VOLTAGE VARIATION:480 VAC ±10% FOR ALL LINE AND LOAD CONDITIONS. VOLTAGE UNBALANCE:2% MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PHASES FREQUENCY: 60 Hz f 1.0 Hz LINE IMPEDENCE: < 95 mOHMS STAND BY POWER CONSUMPTION 9.0 kW TYPICAL POWER CONSUMPTION DURING EXAM 20.1 KW CONNECTION VALUE 110 kVA MOMENTARY POWER 114 kVA MR SYSTEM BREAKER SIZE 150 AMPS RECOMMENDED UPS EATON 9390 160 kVA UPS SYSTEM BREAKER SIZE 250 AMPS ALL BREAKERS ARE RATED AT 100% II POWER QUALITY -1 POOR POWER WILL ALTER EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE IT IS IN THE CUSTOMER'S INTEREST THAT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTING AND VERIFYING THAT THE EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY COMPLIES WITH THE SIEMENS SPECIFICATIONS. POWER REQUIREMENTS DEMAND AND CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS NOTES 1) IF EQUIPMENT UPGRADE IS ANTICIPATED, INSTALLING ELECTRICAL POWER TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE HIGHER POWER GRADIENT PACKAGE AT THE TIME OF INITIAL INSTALLATION WILL REDUCE THE COST TO UPGRADE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM LATER. 2) RECOMMENDED TRANSFORMER SIZE (SYSTEM WITHOUT UPS) IS BASED ON INDUSTRY STANDARD ISOLATION TRANSFORMER KVA RATINGS. SOURCE IMPEDANCE FEEDING THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM, INCLUDING ANY ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS, MUST MEET EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AS LISTED HERE. SIEMENS RECOMMENDS A TRANSFORMER WITH COPPER WINDINGS, AN ELECTRO—STATIC SHIELD, AND A LOW IMPEDANCE (<3%) TO ENSURE THAT SOURCE IMPEDANCE REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. 3) OVER CURRENT PROTECTION IS SPECIFIED FOR SYSTEMS WITHOUT AN UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS). ADDITION OF A UPS REQUIRES A HIGHER CAPACITY MAINS CONNECTION (DEPENDENT UPON UPS MODEL AND SIZE). MAXIMUM FAULT CURRENT IS DEPENDENT UPON THE IMPEDANCE OF THE FACILITY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. CUSTOMERS ARCHITECT OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SPECIFY AIC RATING OF OVER CURRENT PROTECTION BASED ON FACILITY IMPEDANCE CHARACTERISTICS. 4) MOMENTARY POWER IS BASED ON A MAXIMUM RMS VALUE FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED FIVE (5) SECONDS, AS DEFINED IN NEC. 517.2. STAND—BY AND AVERAGE CURRENT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY LOWER. 5) THE CONDUCTOR SIZE SHOULD BE SELECTED TO MEET THE VOLTAGE DROP REQUIREMENTS, TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE MAINS CAPACITY, RUN LENGTH, AND ANY ADDITIONAL TRANSFORMERS USED TO OBTAIN THE PROPER EQUIPMENT VOLTAGE LEVEL. NEMA STANDARD XR-9-1989 (R1994,R2000) PROVIDES GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR SIZING CONDUCTORS, TRANSFORMERS, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS FOR MEDICAL IMAGING SYSTEMS. 6) LONG—TIME POWER IS BASED ON THE HIGHEST AVERAGE RMS VALUES FOR A PERIOD EXCEEDING 5 MINUTES DURING CLINICAL SYSTEM OPERATION, AS DEFINED IN NEC 517.2. 7) A CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH A HIGH INRUSH RATING (>8x RATED CURRENT) IS REQUIRED TO PERMIT SWITCH —ON OF THE UPS SYSTEM WITHOUT SPURIOUS TRIPPING. CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH AN ADJUSTABLE MAGNETIC TRIP (SIEMENS FD6 SERIES OR SIMILAR) ARE HIGHLY RECOMMENDED. REV 0 CHILLER POWER REQUIREMENTS KKT ECO CHILLER 480 VOLTS, 3—PHASE 60 AMPS KKT MEDIX X 60 CHILLER 480 VOLTS, 3—PHASE 75 AMPS DIMPLEX 14 TON CHILLER 480 VOLTS, 3—PHASE 70 AMPS DIMPLEX 20 TON CHILLER 480 VOLTS, 3—PHASE 95 AMPS REFER TO CHILLER MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION (ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION NOTES 1) INSTALL THE MR SYSTEM CIRCUIT BREAKER IN OR NEAR THE EQUIPMENT ROOM. THE PERMITTED FRINGE FIELD FOR THE PANEL IS UP TO 3mT. IF THE FRINGE FIELDS HAVE HIGHER VALUES, MAGNETIC SHIELDING MUST BE PROVIDED OR THE DISTANCE FROM THE MAGNET MUST BE INCREASED. 2) AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS FOR SWITCHING MAIN POWER ON AND OFF SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN THE MAIN BREAKER PANEL. INSTALL EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN BUTTONS IN EACH ROOM WHERE THERE IS SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 3) THE ELECTRICAL FEEDER TO THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT MUST FEED ONLY THE IMAGING SYSTEM AND BE KEPT SEPARATE FROM ELECTRICAL FEEDERS TO HVAC, MOTORS, PUMPS, COMPRESSORS, ELEVATORS AND OTHER POTENTIAL SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL INTERFERENCE. 4) THE EMERGENCY POWER OFF (EPO) BUTTONS ARE TO BE MUSHROOM TYPE WITH PUSH LOCK AND PULL TO RELEASE. 5) WALL RECEPTACLES MADE OF FERROMAGNETIC MATERIALS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN THE EXAM ROOM. PERIPHERAL UNITS (SUCH AS VENTILATORS) NOT APPROVED FOR USE IN A HIGH MAGNETIC FIELD ENVIRONMENT CAN INFLUENCE THE MAGNETIC FIELD, COMPROMISING IMAGE QUALITY. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION AND USE OF RECEPTACLES IN THE EXAM ROOM. INSTALLATION OF RECEPTACLES AND THE FILTERS REQUIRED ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE RF SHIELDING SUPPLIER. 6) THE RF SHIELD MUST BE FITTED WITH A GROUND STUD OR BUS BAR, LOCATED WITHIN 24" OF THE AUXILIARY FILTERS FOR ROOM LIGHTS AND OUTLETS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE RF SHIELD SUPPLIER. 7) IN ORDER TO PREVENT GROUND LOOPS, ALL CUSTOMER OR CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED AC POWER ENTERING THE EXAMINATION ROOM (I.E. OUTLETS, EPO, ETC.) SHOULD BE SUPPLIED VIA AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER. THE ISOLATION TRANSFORMER SECONDARY WINDING GROUND CONDUCTOR SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO THE RF SHIELD GROUND STUD OR BUS BAR. SEE NOTE 6 ABOVE AND THE AUXILIARY AC POWER FOR EXAMINATION ROOM DETAIL. REV 0 II GROUNDING NOTES 11 EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1) SIZED EQUIVALENT TO THE PHASE CONDUCTORS (FULL SIZED GROUND). 2) DERIVED FROM THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE, TRANSFORMER OR MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL FEEDING THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 3) RUN IN THE SAME CONDUIT, TROUGH OR RACEWAY AS THE PHASE CONDUCTORS. 4) CONTINUOUS, WITH NO BREAKS OR USE OF CONDUIT, CHASSIS OR EARTH AS THE SOLE GROUNDING PATH. 5) BONDED TO CHASSIS AND/OR CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC REQUIREMENTS. 6) MINIMIZE CONNECTIONS OR TERMINALS TO ENSURE CONTINUITY OVER THE LIFE OF THE INSTALLATION. 7) AS A NORM, THERE SHOULD NOT BE ANY CURRENT PRESENCE ON THE GROUND CONDUCTOR, BUT IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO HAVE <500mA DURING OPERATION OF THE IMAGING EQUIPMENT. II MR GROUNDING NOTES II THE INTERNAL GROUND WIRING OF THE MR SYSTEM MUST BE INSTALLED WITH MINIMUM GROUND LOOPS. THIS IS TO PREVENT NOISE CURRENTS AND GENERAL DISTURBANCES FROM FLOWING THROUGH THE GROUNDING PATH. TO ACHIEVE SUCH GROUNDING, THREE MAJOR GROUND POINTS SHOULD BE USED. ON —SITE POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL EXTERNAL MAIN GROUND BUS UPS CHILLER 14 (OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) 2n SIEMENS ELECTRONIC CABINET (ACC/CCA/ECA) MAIN GROUND CONNECTION FOR ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS MRC CONSOLE COOLING EQUIPMENT (SEP/RCA/EFU) RF PENETRATION PANEL 3 RF ROOM I I MAGNET REV 0 A E FR A REV 8 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAIL: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts@siemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH I LLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM — MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT TION R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 RIESULTSR IN A OSOECUTION U DIER 1404210 QO 07/10/15 APPROVED BY CUSTOMERS FOR RKS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: 7 10 T. KELLEY E 102 -ISSUE BLOCK- SCALE NOTED REF. t0184706 DATE: 12/10/14 1 J 0 z Z W U 5' 65' r---------- F1 SYSTEM CABLES 6 36' GRADIENT CABLES 30' 6 , 22' EQUIPMENT ROOM 75' 65 O SEMI RIGID PRESSURE LINES (COLD HEAD) RF SHIELDED ROOM 75' -------------------------� I I 30' I SYSTEM CABLES GRADIENT CABLES EXAMINATION ROOM 11 M/2.5M CABLE SET (GRADIENT CABLES INSIDE THE RF ROOM ARE 6 FEET SHORTER THAN SYSTEM CABLES) AB ALARM BOX HPC HOST PC OB MAGNET ®R MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE CH HELIUM COMPRESSOR MR SATELLITE CONSOLE (OPT) DS RF DOOR SWITCH MS MAGNET STOP EPC ELECTRONICS CABINET IFP INTERFACE PANEL F1 FILTER PANEL SPC SATELLITE PC (OPTION) GPA GRADIENT CABINET CONTROL ROOM 295'- 49 j j ETHERNET R LL_J 9' 9' 1151 V 1230 REV 0 SIEMENS SYSTEM CABLING - FREE CABLE LENGTHS NONEE: CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 1) ALL POWER CONDUCTORS SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER/ CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN METAL RACEWAY, 600 VOLT CLASS, STRANDED TYPE THHN—THWN, RATED FOR 75-C (165-F) OPERATION. RECOMMEND MINIMUM 5 FEET WIRE TAILS AT ALL OUTLET POINTS WITH WIRE IDENTIFICATION TAGGED AT BOTH ENDS FOR FINAL CONNECTION BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS. 2) THE CABLE GROUPS INCLUDED WITH THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM MAY BE ROUTED IN THE SAME CABLE TRAY IF PROVIDED WITH AN 8" SEPARATION BETWEEN SMALL SIGNAL LINES, GRADIENT CABLES, AND THE RF TRANSMIT CABLE. A 24" WIDE LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAY IS RECOMMENDED. CABLES SHOULD NOT BE BUNDLED TOGETHER. 3) NOTE THE CABLE CONNECTOR SIZES (LARGEST CONNECTOR SIZE IS 2 1/2" x 2 1/2") FOR CABLE FEED—THROUGHS AND CABLE DUCTS. 4) THE CABLE LENGTHS SPECIFIED ARE THE STANDARD LENGTHS. 5) THE SIEMENS SYSTEM CABLES ARE NOT PLENUM RATED AND SHOULD NOT BE RUN UNPROTECTED IN AN AIR PLENUM UNLESS ENCLOSED IN A SEALED CABLE TRAY OR CONDUIT. REV 0 SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) TO ENSURE THE UPTIME OF YOUR SYSTEM DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD (AND BEYOND WITH A SERVICE AGREEMENT), SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) REQUIRES REMOTE LOCAL AREA NETWORK ACCESS TO SIEMENS SYSTEMS. SRS REQUIRES ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONNECTIONSRS REQUIRES ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONNECTION METHODS: (PREFERRED) VPN CONNECTION THE PREFERRED CONNECTION METHOD IS (VPN) VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK (WHERE THE CUSTOMER HAS AVAILABLE A VPN CAPABLE FIREWALL OR OTHER VPN APPLIANCE). THIS METHOD PROVIDES THE POSSIBILITY FOR REMOTE SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL HARDWARE. PLEASE CONTACT SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (800-888—SIEM) TO DETERMINE IF THIS METHOD IS SUITABLE FOR YOUR SITE. (OPTIONAL) SRS ROUTER CONNECTION — THE SRS ROUTER IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS AND INSTALLED AT THE CUSTOMER'S SITE, WHILE STILL REMAINING THE PROPERTY OF SIEMENS. THE CUSTOMER'S NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR AND SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES SHALL DETERMINE THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF THE SRS ROUTER REQUIRED. — THE SRS ROUTER IS CONNECTED TO AN ANALOG MODEM THAT IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, WHICH THEN IN TURN IS CONNECTED TO AN ANALOG PHONE LINE THAT IS SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER. ONE SRS ROUTER ALLOWS REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS TO MULTIPLE MEDICAL SYSTEMS. — THE SRS ROUTER SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN A SECURE LOCATION (CUSTOMER'S NETWORK COMPUTER ROOM) THAT HAS LIMITED ACCESS. IT CAN BE LOCATED ON A SHELF, TABLE, OR IN A CABINET. THE CONNECTION CABLES (WITH INDICATED LENGTHS BELOW) ARE INCLUDED WITH DELIVERY. SRS ROUTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM rCUSTOMER I NETWORK I SRS 2'-7" 3-3 Im IOR I ROUTER SWITCH* 3 4 2 i I 110 V Pilo V 110 V NOTE: ALL POWER OUTLETS ARE SUPPLIED/INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER. OETHERNET SWITCH OR HUB, SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER 2 SRS ROUTER, SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS (SIZE: 11.2"W X 8.7"D X 5.5"H, WEIGHT: 2 LBS.) OANALOG MODEM, SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS OANALOG PHONE LINE, SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER * OPTIONAL SWITCH AND CABLES ARE NOT INCLUDED, BUT CAN BE ORDERED FROM SIEMENS. SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICE SCALE NONE THE PROPER ROUTING OF CABLES IS ESSENTIAL TO ACHIEVE GOOD IMAGE QUALITY. RF CABLES MUST BE SEPARATED FROM FIBER OPTIC BY AT LEAST 12" AND FROM THE GRADIENT CABLES BY AT LEAST 12".FIBER OPTIC CABLES MUST ALSO BE SEPARATED FROM THE GRADIENT CABLES BY AT LEAST 12". THIS SHOWS RACEWAY/CABLE ROUTING. F(-A7 L� N � N WATER HOSES PRESSURIZED HOSES N CD GRADIENT CABLES v THIS CABLE TRAY MAY BE 6" OR 12" WIDE, SEE ELECTRICAL LEGEND CABLE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHOWN AS AN EXAMPLE, ANY CATEGORY CABLE CAN BE LOCATED IN ANY OF THE COMPARTMENTS OF THE RACEWAY AS LONG AS CORRECT SEPARATIONS ARE MAINTAINED. WHEN ROUTING RACEWAYS, DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM LENGTHS LISTED IN DETAIL E-501/2. EXCESS CABLE SHOULD BE ROUTED IN THE RACEWAY IN A MEANDERING METHOD, NEVER ROLLED IN LOOPS. THE BENDING RADIUS FOR THE CABLES MUST BE MAINTAINED. TRANSMITTER CABLE — 5" WHEN BENT ONCE. TRANSMITTER CABLE — 14.25 WHEN BENT SEVERAL TIMES. FIBER OPTIC CABLE — 6" GRADIENT CABLE — 5.5" (ONLY WITH EXTENDED CABLE SET) FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR PATIENT OBSERVATION — 2" 21 SCALE: CABLE SEPARATION I NONE I II LIGHTING GUIDELINES 11 EXAM, CONTROL, AND EVALUATION ROOMS: 1) THE ROOM LIGHTING MUST REMAIN FUNCTIONAL WHEN THE MR SYSTEM IS SWITCHED OFF AND/OR WHEN EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN BUTTONS ARE ACTIVATED. 2) IT MUST BE POSSIBLE TO CONTROL THE INTENSITY OF ILLUMINATION OF APPROXIMATELY 46 FOOT—CANDLES THROUGH GROUP CONNECTION. ALL LIGHTS IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM ARE CONNECTED TO A COMMON SWITCH IN THE CONTROL ROOM. THERE SHOULD BE SEPARATE SWITCHES IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM FOR THE GROUPS OF LIGHTS ABOVE AND NEAR THE PATIENT TABLE, AS WELL AS FOR THE GROUP OF LIGHTS ABOVE THE MAGNET. THE LOCATION OF THESE SWITCHES IS AT THE OWNER'S DISCRETION. EXAMINATION ROOM: 1) THE MAGNETIC FIELD ADVERSELY AFFECTS THE OPERATING LIFE OF LIGHT BULBS LOCATED IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET, THE FILAMENT IN THE BULB OSCILLATES WITH THE FREQUENCY OF THE POWER SUPPLY. DURING SCANNING, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET (IN EXAMINATION ROOM) BE CONNECTED TO A DC VOLTAGE SUPPLY. THE RESIDUAL RIPPLE OF THE DIRECT VOLTAGE SHOULD BE t5%. WHEN INSTALLING THE LIGHT SOCKET, ENSURE THAT THE POLARITY IS CORRECT. 2) FLUORESCENT LIGHTS, ENERGY —SAVING LIGHTS, AND DIMMERS ARE NOT PERMITTED. CONTROL AND EVALUATION ROOM: FOLLOW THE APPROPRIATE GUIDELINES FOR LIGHTING IN ROOMS WITH MONITOR WORKSTATIONS. EQUIPMENT ROOM: ILLUMINATION INTENSITY SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 46 FOOT—CANDLES. REV 0 INJECTOR INSTALLATION OPTIONS INJECTORS THAT ARE USED IN MRI APPLICATIONS WILL HAVE THREE COMPONENTS; THE INJECTOR, THE POWER SUPPLY AND THE CONTROL UNIT. THE INJECTOR WILL BE LOCATED IN THE EXAM ROOM AND THE CONTROL UNIT WILL BE LOCATED IN THE CONTROL ROOM. THE POWER SUPPLY MAY BE LOCATED IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM, OR OPTIONALLY WITHIN THE SCAN ROOM. IN EITHER SITUATION A PENETRATION OF THE RF SHIELD, SEPARATE FROM THE SIEMENS FILTER PANEL, IS REQUIRED. I n I Ir L_JL__L___JL 100-24OWC loom TN►mmm POSER -ilk R JECIOR CONTROL CONSOLE MrPPLr IL------- � I i i I �+L�1^u I W MELD PEIEnKnON 1 11I r-_-____--_'--_-_� S,i Ll I sr C STOMER/CONIRIfew W MELD EQUIPMENT i I EXAM CONTROL ROOM ROOM ROOM METHOD 1 INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY IN EQUIPMENT ROOM, PENETRATION TO INCLUDE FILTER AND WAVEGUIDE. I u I Ir L_JL__L___JL JL 100-240VAC ,oars Necm CONTROL CONSOLE I l I IMMOR POWER SUPPLY n I n -------- RLICT-1OR i u RP MELD POEtRAiuN r--------------- LSc __j TTn CLSIpE7t/CONIRACIOR RF SHOD }1`\ i EQUIPMENT l_—_---J EXAM CONTROL ROOM ROOM ROOM METHOD 2 INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY IN EXAM ROOM, ELECTRICAL SUPPLY IN EXAM ROOM, PENETRATION TO INCLUDE WAVEGUIDE. WITH EITHER METHOD IT IS CRITICAL THAT THE SINGLE POINT GROUND IS MAINTAINED AND THAT NO ELECTRICAL NOISE IS INTRODUCED TO THE MR SYSTEM DUE TO THE INJECTOR INSTALLATION. ALWAYS REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REV 1 - MRI CONTRAST INJECTOR SCALE NONE II CABLE LENGTH RESTRICTIONS 11 1) THE CABLE SET LENGTH IDENTIFIES THE "FREE CABLE LENGTH". THIS IS THE LENGTH FROM CONNECTION POINT TO CONNECTION POINT. THE CABLE LENGTH IS NOT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN COMPONENTS. 2) THE GRADIENT CABLES INSIDE THE RF SHIELDED ROOM ARE 6'-0- SHORTER THAN THE OTHER SYSTEM CABLES. THIS MEANS THAT IF THE 22' CABLE SET IS SELECTED, THE GRADIENT CABLES WILL BE 16' IN LENGTH. THE GRADIENT CABLES NEED TO GO UP INTO THE CABLE TRAY IN THE CEILING AT THE FILTER PLATE AND DOWN AT THE MAGNET. THESE VERTICAL RUNS MUST BE DEDUCTED FROM THE TOTAL CABLE LENGTH OF 16'. REV 0 AEFRA REV 8 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TES: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAIL: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts©siemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH I LLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM — MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 SIEMERESULT ISIN AUTHIZATIOROSOERCUTIONN U DIER 1404210 WLL A07/10/15 APPW O BY CUSTOfrIERS FOR HKS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW, -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES, SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED E 501 MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCA REF. DATE: — 8 10 T. KELLEY -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. ISSUE BLOCK- A - NOTED �0184706 12/10/14 I ll 0 0 z r 11 G 11 M a i 00 I MECHANICAL PLAN ATTENTION: CHILLER IS TO BE SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS. LOCATED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION. CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES TO BE 10'-4 7/16" SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. SEE DETAILS AND NOTES ON THIS SHEET. 1'-4 7/16" NOTE: FOR THE HEAT OUTPUT (BTU/HR) OF ALL SIEMENS EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN, SEE THE "EQUIPMENT LEGEND" ON SHEET A-101. LJ ------------------- - L------------------------ I 1 ---------------------------------- EQUIPMENT ROOM -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. CONTROL ROOM SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" 11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS II 1) AIR CONDITIONING IS TO PROVIDE A TEMPERATURE OF 70-F f5'F IN THE EXAM ROOM, 70'Ff10'F IN THE EQUIPMENT & CONTROL AREAS, RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF 40-60% (NON —CONDENSING) IS REQUIRED EXAMINATION ROOM AND 40-80% (NON —CONDENSING) IN ALL OTHER AREAS WHERE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. THESE CONDITIONS ARE TO BE MET AT ALL TIMES; 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK. 2) A DEDICATED AIR CONDITIONING AND HUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM IS RECOMMENDED FOR THE EXAM ROOM. A MINIMUM AIR EXCHANGE RATE OF 6 TIMES PER HOUR FOR THE EXAM ROOM IS REQUIRED. IT IS RECOMMENDED TO INSTALL A FRESH AIR SYSTEM WITH 30%-50% FRESH AIR INTAKE. AIR SUPPLY AND RETURN ABOVE THE FINISHED CEILING IN THE EXAM ROOM IS RECOMMENDED. EACH ROOM SHOULD HAVE A DEDICATED CONTROL AND SENSOR TO MONITOR AND ADJUST THE AIR. 3) THE HEAT INTO THE EXAM ROOM IS LESS THAN 10,236 BTU/HR. THE HEAT INTO THE EQUIPMENT ROOM IS LESS THAN 3,412 BTU/HR. THIS HEAT DISSIPATION IS FROM THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT ONLY, AUXILIARY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (ie. UPS) AND LIGHTING MUST BE CONSIDERED FOR TOTAL HEAT LOADS. 4) IT IS IMPORTANT FOR FRESH AIR INTAKE SYSTEMS TO EXHAUST AIR DIRECTLY OUT OF THE BUILDING. THE EXHAUST AIR MUST NOT BE DEFLECTED INTO ANOTHER ROOM. THE MAGNET ROOM EXHAUST AIR SHOULD BE INSTALLED AT LEAST 6'-6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 5) THE AIR INTAKE OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM MUST NOT BE LOCATED IN THE VICINITY OF THE QUENCH VENT EXHAUST. 6) IF THE INPUT DRAWS UPON AIR FROM OUTSIDE THE BUILDING, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO INSTALL AN ON —SITE FILTER TO REMOVE DUST PARTICLES GREATER THAN 10 MICRONS. 7) DO NOT LOCATE ANY HVAC DIFFUSERS ABOVE THE MAGNET. THERE SHALL NOT BE AIR BLOWING DIRECTLY ON THE MAGNET. - IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. CHILLED WATER SYSTEM BYPASS WITH FULL SIZE PIPING TO INCLUDE 3/4" MINIMUM BOILER DRAIN AND MINIMUM 3/4" BYPASS PIPE WITH BALL VALVE AND 3/4" BOILER DRAIN WITH CAP. _ AUTOMATIC AIR BLEEDS WITH BALL VALVES INSTALLED AT THE HIGHEST POINT OF THE SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES. KKT KRAUS ECO CHILLER CAN BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM 32 FEET ABOVE MR SYSTEM. CAN BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM 82 FEET BELOW MR SYSTEM. PLUMBING PIPE UNION. SIEMENS PROVIDES 1-1/4" MALE NPT AT IFP. 82 FOOT MAX. ONE WAY PIPE LENGTH FOR 2" DIAMETER PIPE. 148 FOOT MAX. ONE WAY PIPE LENGTH FOR 2 1/2- DIAMETER PIPE. A MAXIMUM OF 25 LONG RADIUS ELBOWS ARE ALLOWED FOR TOTAL RUN. BOILER DRAIN INSTALLED AT CHILLER BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. IFP SHUT—OFF VALVES INSTALLED WITHIN 18" OF IFP, 16 FOOT MAX. HOSE LENGTH 9 FOOT MAXIMUM HOSE HELIUM COMPRESSOR GPA IIIII EPC SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED CABINETS NOTES: THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL BE ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN AND SPECIFICATION OF ALL PIPING AND PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED, THE MECHANICAL AND PIPING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN AND SHALL BE IN INSTALLED, PRESSURE TESTED AND CHARGED BY THE MECHANICAL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND NATIONAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF THE CODES. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE MECHANICAL SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED EQUIPMENT UNLESS SPECIFIED CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH ALL OTHERWISE. APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES. AT THE HIGHEST POINT OF THE WATER SUPPLY PIPE FROM THE THE SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPES FROM THE CHILLED WATER SUPPLY KRAUS CHILLER AN AUTOMATIC DEAERATION DEVICE (AIR VENT) TO THE SEP/IFP MUST BE LABELED TO SHOW FLOW DIRECTION AND WITH BALL VALVE MUST BE INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTENT (WATER/GLYCOL). CONTRACTOR. A TAP WATER SUPPLY MUST BE AVAILABE WITHIN 45' OF THE LEAK TEST ALL PIPING WITH A MIXTURE OF R-22 TRACE GAS SEP/IFP AND CHILLER CONNECTION FOR FILLING THE CIRCUIT. AND NITROGEN. DO NOT PERFORM LEAK TEST WITH WATER. �I 1 PIPING SCHEMATIC FOR CHILLED WATER — KRAUS CHILLER ISCAL NONE 11 CHILLED WATER SUPPLY A CHILLED WATER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED TO THE MRI SYSTEM 24 HOURS A DAY, YEAR ROUND FOR THE COLD HEAD AND GRADIENT SYSTEMS. THIS CAN BE PROVIDED BY A CENTRAL CHILLED WATER SUPPLY OR A SEPARATE STAND ALONE CHILLER THAT MEETS THE STATED REQUIREMENTS. THE CHILLED WATER CAN ALSO BE SUPPLIED BY A DEDICATED KRAUS ECO CHILLER AND INTERFACE PANEL. WITHOUT THE USE OF A DEDICATED KRAUS CHILLER, A SEP (SYSTEM SEPARATOR CABINET), MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE SIEMENS ORDER. THE PIPE SIZE BETWEEN THE KRAUS CHILLER AND INTERFACE PANEL, OR BETWEEN THE WATER SUPPLY AND SEP MUST BE 2 INCH UP TO 82 FEET, 2-1/2 INCH UP TO 148 FEET, CONSULT FOR LONGER PIPE. PERMISSIBLE MATERIALS THAT CAN BE USED FOR THE PIPING ARE: STAINLESS STEEL (V2A, V4A), NON—FERROUS METAL (COPPER, BRASS), SYNTHETIC MATERIAL, PLASTICS, BRAZING SOLDER, HARD SOLDER, OR FITTING SOLDER TYPE 3 AND 4. THERE ARE MATERIALS THAT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COOLING SYSTEM AND CANNOT BE USED, THESE MATERIALS ARE ALUMINUM, IRON, CARBON STEEL, ZINC, ZINC PLATED STEEL, OR STANDARD STEEL PIPES. THESE REQUIREMENTS ARE REQUIRED FOR NEW INSTALLATIONS, IF EXISTING WATER PIPES COMPLY WITH SIEMENS WATER SPECIFICATIONS, THEY DO NOT NEED TO BE REPLACED. NORMAL TAP WATER MUST BE AVAILABLE FOR FILLING THE SECONDARY WATER CIRCUIT. THERE SHALL BE A HOSE BIB LOCATED WITHIN 65' OF THE SEP, IFP, EPC OR THE KRAUS CHILLER. THE SUPPLY AND RETURN CHILLED WATER PIPES MUST BE LABELED. THE LOCATION OF THE LABELS MUST BE AT ALL CONNECTION AND REFILLING POINTS AND MUST CONTAIN FLOW DIRECTION AND CONTENTS. 104 95 86 77 LL` 68 59 50 41 0 rH = 10 % 20 % 30 % 40 % 50 % 60 % 70 % 80 % 90 % 100 $ REV 0 TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SCALE NONE CEILING HEIGHTS EXAM ROOM 7'-11 " MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6'-11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7'-3" MINIMUM - ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. CHILLED WATER REQUIREMENTS WATER REQUIREMENTS TO BE MEASURED AT THE SEP CABINET. FLOW RATE: 23.78-29.05 GPM WATER TEMPERATURE: 42.8'F — 53.67 BTU DISCHARGE TO THE WATER 204,729 BTU/HR WATER PRESSURE MAXIMUM 87 PSI LOSS OF PRESSURE FOR SEP CABINET <14.5 PSI 11.6 TYPICAL CHILLED WATER ACIDITY RANGE 6 pH TO 8 pH CHILLED WATER HARDNESS <250 ppm CALCIUM CARBONATE CHLORINE GAS CONCENTRATION <200 ppm FILTRATION 500 Jam FOR INSTALLATION OF A DIMPLEX CHILLER, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER/MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MIXTURE OF WATER WITH 40% ETHYLENE GLYCOL OR 50% PROPYLENE GLYCOL PRIOR TO CHILLER START UP. DO NOT USE AUTOMOTIVE ANTI —FREEZE. DIMPLEX CHILLERS USE 70-100 GALLONS PLUS THE PIPE LENGTH. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 65-95 GALLONS OF DE —MINERALIZED WATER. DO NOT USE TAP WATER. FOR INSTALLATION OF A KKT CHILLER, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER/MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MIXTURE OF WATER WITH 35%-38% ETHYLENE GLYCOL PRIOR TO CHILLER START UP. DO NOT USE PROPYLENE GLYCOL OR AUTOMOTIVE ANTI —FREEZE. THE AMOUNT OF THE MIXTURE MUST FILL THE CHILLER, MR SYSTEM AND PIPING (SUPPLY AND RETURN), SEE EXAMPLES BELOW. (1) GALLON OF UNDILUTED GLYCOL, OR (2) GALLONS OF WATER/GLYCOL MIXTURE MUST REMAIN ON SITE FOR USE AFTER START UP. MIXTURE VOLUME INCLUDING SUPPLY & RETURN+15 GAL. CHILLER & MR PIPE DIAMETER TOTAL LENGTH MIXTURE VOLUME GLYCOL NEEDED ' 31.3 GALLONS 11.9 GALLONS 2" 200' 47.6 GALLONS 18.1 GALLONS 2.5" 100' 40.5 GALLONS 15.4 GALLONS 2.5" 200' 66.0 GALLONS 25.1 GALLONS MIXTURE VOLUME = 3.14 x (PIPE RADIUS)2 x PIPE LENGTH + 15 GALLONS. GLYCOL AMOUNT = 35-38% OF MIXTURE VOLUME. 11 MECHANICAL NOTES 1) THE AIR H.V.A.C. SYSTEM MUST OPERATE FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 CONSECUTIVE HOURS PRIOR TO THE DELIVERY OF THE EQUIPMENT. 2) THE FILTERS MUST BE CHANGED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE DELIVERY OF THE EQUIPMENT. 3) SIEMENS REQUIRES THE USE OF A DEDICATED H.V.A.C. SYSTEM FOR THE EQUIPMENT ROOM TO BE LOCATED, SIZED AND SPECIFIED BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD AND TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 4) SIEMENS RECOMMENDS THAT THE CUSTOMER PROVIDE AND INSTALL AN OXYGEN MONITORING SYSTEM WITH VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS TO INDICATE WHEN THE OXYGEN CONTAINED IN AMBIENT AIR FALLS BELOW PRE—PROGRAMMED SAFETY LEVELS WITH THE SENSOR TO BE LOCATED IN THE SCAN ROOM IN THE AREA DESIGNATED FOR CRYOGEN FILLING. 5) THE SIEMENS ACTIVE SHIELDED MAGNET RECIRCULATES LIQUID HELIUM, ELIMINATING THE NEED FOR A DEDICATED CRYOGEN STORAGE AREA. THE RECIRCULATING SYSTEM SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCES THE HELIUM "BOIL OFF". THE MAGNET WILL REQUIRE OCCASIONAL FILLING, A DELIVERY ROUTE FOR CRYOGEN DEWARS MUST BE ESTABLISHED. A MINIMUM 36" CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED. REV 0 FIRE CONTROL NOTES 1) SIEMENS HAS NO SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT FOR FIRE PROTECTION. FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND CUSTOMER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE DEFINED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD WITH DESIGN, SPECIFICATION AND DETAILING OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD IN ACCORDANCE WITH SIEMENS GUIDELINES AS STATED HEREIN. THE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT OF THE MR SYSTEMS WILL BE DAMAGED BY WATER, REDUCTION OR ELIMINATION OF WATER USED FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION WILL REDUCE POTENTIAL WATER DAMAGE. PRE —ACTION INERT GAS, OR HALOCARBONS OR OTHER METHODS CAN REDUCE OR ELIMINATE WATER. REFER TO YOUR FIRE PROTECTION PROFESSIONAL. 2) THE USE OF SMOKE DETECTORS INSIDE OF THE MR EXAMINATION ROOM IS NOT RECOMMENDED. SMOKE DETECTORS, BY DESIGN, CAN GENERATE NOISE THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH THE MRI EXAMINATION AND CAUSE IMAGE ARTIFACTS. IF THE USE OF A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM IS MANDATED BY LOCAL REQUIREMENTS, SPECIAL NOISE TESTS MUST BE PERFORMED BY SIEMENS SERVICE AFTER THE MRI IS OPERATIONAL. MRI EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS DUE TO SMOKE DETECTORS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER AND ARE NOT COVERED UNDER WARRANTY OR SERVICE AGREEMENT. 3) ALL MATERIAL USED INSIDE THE MAGNET ROOM SHALL BE NON—MAGNETIC. 4) ALL PENETRATIONS IN THE RF CABIN/SHIELD SHALL BE THROUGH A WAVE GUIDE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A SIEMENS APPROVED DIELECTRIC COUPLER ON BOTH ENDS OF THE WAVE GUIDE. ALL WAVE GUIDES SHALL BE DESIGNED, DETAILED AND SPECIFIED BY THE RF CABIN/SHIELD CONTRACTOR WITH ALL LOCATIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT AND MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO BE ESTABLISHED IN A PRE —PLANNING MEETING PRIOR TO THE DESIGN, SPECIFICATION, AND FABRICATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD. 5) EACH ELECTRICAL PENETRATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICING OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE THROUGH AN RF FILTER TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE RF SHIELD CONTRACTOR WITH FILTER LOCATIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO BE ESTABLISHED IN A PRE —PLANNING MEETING PRIOR TO THE DESIGN, SPECIFICATION AND FABRICATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD. 6) IT IS PERMISSIBLE TO RUN "BLACK PIPE" UP TO THE DIELECTRIC COUPLER ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF SHIELD. 7) THERE MUST BE NO GROUND CONNECTIONS MADE DURING THE THE INSTALLATION OF EITHER THE PIPING OR ELECTRICAL FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. 8) THE USE OF HALON IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 9) THE LOCATION OF FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD WITH ALL LOCATIONS TO BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE 1 /4" SCALE EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN. 10) THE FIRE CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EQUIPMENT MOUNTING PROCEDURES AND LOCATIONS ON ANY WALLS CONTAINING RF SHIELDING WITH THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. REV 0 1 II COMPRESSOR LINE INSULATION 11 COMPRESSOR LINES RUNNING FROM THE COMPRESSOR (OR SEP CABINET) TO THE MAGNET ARE INSULATED BY SIEMENS. ADDITIONAL INSULATION (ARMAFLEX OR EQUIVALENT) FOR NOISE REDUCTION (CHIRPING) MAY BE REQUIRED. ADDITIONAL INSULATION NOT PROVIDED BY SIEMENS. 2EV 0 A E IR A REV 8 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 SIEMENS VMAIL: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts©siemens.com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRH I LLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM — MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 SIEMERESULTINAUTHORIZATION TCUIONN UNDELL R 'I 4 04 21 O QO 07/?0/15 APPROVED BY CUSf011ERS FOR ARS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: # 9 10 T. KELLEY 10 1 -ISSUE BLOCK- SCALE' � NOTED REF. ' 0184706 DATE: 12/ 10/14 1 J 0 z '1 N 0 CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM. NOTE: THE SIZE OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT MAY VARY IN SIZE DEPENDING ON THE LENGTH OF RUN AND THE AMOUNT OF BENDS REQUIRED TO EXIT THE BUILDING. SEE THE QUENCH VENT ROUTING DETAIL THIS SHEET FOR INFORMATION ON SIZING THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT. QUENCH VENT FLEXIBLE SECTION TO BE DESIGNED -46 IN ACCORDANCE WITH QUENCH VENT NOTES, THIS SHEET. BUILT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. FINAL CONNECTION OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR DURING THE DAY OF MAGNET DELIVERY. PROVIDED BY CUSTOM ER/CONTRAC" PROVIDED BY SIEMENS QUENCH VENT FLANGE A. ......�. QUENCH VENT CAP TO BE DESIGNED (IN ACCORDANCE WITH QUENCH VENT NOTES, THIS SHEET). DETAILED AND SPECIFIED BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO PREVENT RAIN FROM ENTERING THE QUENCH DUCT. SEE QUENCH VENT NOTES. LINE OF BUG SCREEN — 3/8- WIRE MESH COVERING AN AREA AT LEAST 2.5 TIMES THE CROSS SECTION OF THE QUENCH VENT EXITING DUCT. DEFLECTOR PLATE, SEE QUENCH VENT NOTES. FLASHING TO BE SIZED, DETAILED AND SPECIFIED --- BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ,—LINE OF ROOF DIELECTRIC ISOLATION SEE DETAIL A-502/2 RF WAVEGUIDE MADE WITH FLANGES FOR QUENCH VENT COUPLING TO BE SIZED, FABRICATED AND INSTALLED BY RF SHIELD CONTRACTOR IN COOPERATION WITH QUENCH VENT MANUFACTURER. .,--RF SHIELD R QUENCH VENT COUPLING 3ELLOWS/ACOUSTIC DECOUPLER -LEX COUPLING AT MAGNET BY SIEMENS. HARDWARE TO BE SUPPLIED VS AND INSTALLED BY THE VCONTRACTOR, TYPICAL OF S. GALVANIC ISOLATION AT \TION IS REQUIRED. CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM NOTES: 1) THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OR RECORD SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN, DETAIL AND SPECIFICATION OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM WITH ALL WORK TO PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 2) TAKE PROPER PRECAUTIONS WHEN FIELD WELDING IN THE VICINITY OF LIQUIFIED/FROZEN OXYGEN. 3) UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE ALL MATERIAL AND WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR WITH FINAL CONNECTION OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM TO THE SIEMENS MAGNET TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR UNDER SIEMENS' SUPERVISION. 4) THE DIAMETER OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT MAY VARY WITH ACTUAL ROUTING. SC LE: - CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM DETAIL NOASCALE (12) 3/8" 5 15/16" I 5 1/8" 4" i l 0 0 30• 30 FLANGE AT TH 90' ELBOW FOR THE QUENCH VENT ADAPTER CONNECTION OF THE QUENCH VENT PIPE TO FLANGE TO BE DESIGNED, DETAILED, AND SPECIFIED BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNDER SIEMENS SUPERVISION. THE 90' ELBOW IS PART OF THE DELIVERY VOLUME, THE TWO FLANGES ARE IDENTICAL. CONNECTING FLANGE REV 0 2 QUENCH VENT NO SCALE E-1 rn B I 'o, QUENCH VENT OUTLET i I io IN THE CASE OF A HORIZONTAL EXIT THROUGH A WALL, THE OUTLET MUST BE TURNED DOWN BY NOT LESS THAN THE LINE OF THE DIAMETER TO PREVENT RAIN INGRESS. THE EXIT MUST BE SITUATED WHERE IT CANNOT BE BLOCKED BY DRIFTING SNOW. TO AVOID RISK OF INJURY FROM COLD BURNS AND ASPHYXIATION, ACCESS TO THE QUENCH VENT OUTLET MUST BE RESTRICTED AS SHOWN. THE OUTLET MUST NOT BE SITUATED WHERE, IN THE EVENT OF A QUENCH, HELIUM GAS COULD BE DRAWN INTO AN AIR INLET OR OPEN WINDOW. WHERE WINDOWS ARE WITHIN THE RESTRICTED AREA, THEY MUST BE PERMANENTLY CLOSED. OUTLET SAFETY CLEARANCES REV 0 QUENCH VENT NO SCALE 2D �. N ESH 2D `Y•� \-MESH-/ MESH AREA = r 2.5 x TUBE AREA . 4 ' «� 113 Pi MESH AREA = 2.5 x TUBE AREA >10' CONE ANGLE Y ❑ MESH AREA = I ❑ 2.5 x TUBE AREA —N I SOLUTIONS FOR QUENCH TUBE EXITING THROUGH A WALL SEE QUENCH VENT NOTES REV 0 - HORIZONTAL OUTLET NSCALE ONE DIRECTION ow OF FLOW B B > 2.5 x (D2-D1) EXPANSION TO A GREATER DIAMETER TUBE CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY USE OF A DIFFUSER. THE DIFFUSER MUST MEET QUENCH VENT REQUIREMENTS AND THE GEOMETRIC PARAMETERS SHOWN HERE. THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE SHOULD NEVER DECREASE IN THE DIRECTION OF FLOW. REV 0 - QUENCH VENT DIFFUSER NO SCALE -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE, MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. THE QUENCH VENT CONSISTS OF STRAIGHT SECTIONS AND ELBOW OF A DETERMINED DIAMETER AND LENGTH, FROM THE MAGNET QUENCH VALVE TO THE EXHAUST OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. IT SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO WITHSTAND A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 6.5 PSI (SEE QUENCH VENT NOTES -THIS SHEET). THE QUENCH VENT DESIGN MUST PASS THE QUENCH VENT CALCULATOR, PROVIDED BY THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. A SUCCESSFUL DESIGN WILL COMBINE THE LENGTH OF TUBE, DIAMETER OF TUBE, AND NUMBER OF ELBOWS SO THAT THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE IS NOT EXCEEDED. __— EXHAUST DUCT OF QUENCH TUBE FLEXIBLE SECTION QUENCH TUBE FLANGE J� ON MAGNET BELLOWS I DIFFUSER I THE DIAMETER OF THE QUENCH VENT MUST NOT BE DECREASED FROM THE MAGNET TO RF ROOM I THE QUENCH VENT EXHAUST. CABIN (CABIN)\� GALVANIC SEPARATION I I - QUENCH VENT DESIGN NO SCALE THE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION SHOWN ON THESE ELEVATIONS REPRESENT "TYPICAL" INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. THE QUENCH VENT IS TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. IT MAY BE CONNECTED TO THE FLANGE AT THE MAGNET HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY AND SHOULD BE DESIGNED, CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED AS PER THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THIS SHEET. LINE OF FINISHED CEILING 9'-10 1/2" MINIMUM RF ROOM HEIGHT REQUIRED HORIZONTAL QUENCH VENT CONNECTION FOR VERTICAL QUENCH VENT EXIT. FOR HORIZONTAL 2'-1 1/4" LEFT OF ISOCENTER EXIT, COORDINATE EFFORTS WITH RF ROOM VENDOR. - 1'-8 7/8" VERTICAL QUENCH VENT CONNECTION FLEXIBLE BELLOWS/ACOUSTIC 2'-1 1/4" LEFT OF ISOCENTER DECOUPLER SECTION, FLEX 11'-4 7/16" COUPLING AT MAGNET PROVIDED BY SIEMENS. I FLANGE AT THE MAGNET L i 90' ELBOW FOR VERTICAL CONNECVz/,lz/�_QUENCHTIO BE F THE _ /-SIEMENS SUPPLIED z z MAGNET WITH PATIENT TABLE U z w o COVERS z U O ) w I RF SHIELDING- 0Z 'o �z Q 0'M NV UU I ~ wzn i ow >> _> o 0 THE LOCATION, PITCH, AND MOUNTING HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FOR THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE SPECIFIED, DETAILED AND NOTED BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEM LOCATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LOCATION OF THE CABLE TRAYS AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4" SCALE ELECTRICAL PLAN. NOTE: COMPRESSOR LINES RUNNING FROM THE COMPRESSOR OR SEP CABINET TO THE MAGNET COLD HEAD SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED WITH 1 /2" ARMAFLEX OR EQUAL, SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY SIEMENS. LENGTH REQUIRED SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS FIELD SERVICE ENGINEER AT TIME OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. 11 1 I MAGNET SIDE ELEVATION I NO SCALE 11 HELIUM CONTENT LITERS AT 100% 1,280 TYPICAL BOIL OFF RATE 0.0 L/HR FOR TYPICAL CLINICAL USE, DEPENDING ON SEQUENCES AND OPERATING TIME. TYPICAL REFILL INTERVAL 10 YEARS WITHOUT THE COLD HEAD RUNNING THE LIQUID HELIUM WILL BOIL OFF FROM 97% TO 0% IN APPROXIMATELY 30 DAYS. THE LOSS DURING SHIPPING IS APPROXIMATELY 3.3% PER DAY. QUENCH VENT NOTES 1) IN THE EVENT OF A QUENCH, THE THERMAL ENERGY DISSIPATED CAUSES AN EXTREMELY RAPID BOIL OFF OF THE LIQUID HELIUM. THE SYSTEM MUST BE CAPABLE OF VENTING THE LARGE VOLUME OF GAS GENERATED AT THE APPROXIMATE EXPANSION RATIO OF 1:700 FROM LIQUID AT 4.2'K TO ROOM TEMPERATURE GAS. THE EXHAUST SYSTEM IS CRITICAL FOR THE SAFE OPERATION OF THE MAGNET, THE DATA IN THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE FOLLOWED. SINCE HELIUM VENTED IN A QUENCH IS AN ASPHYXIANT & AN EXTREMELY COLD GAS, THE QUENCH TUBE MUST ALWAYS END AT A POINT WHERE ACCESS BY PEOPLE IS NOT POSSIBLE. QUENCH TUBE PLANNING MUST ONLY BE DONE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. IT IS THE OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE QUENCH TUBE IS MAINTAINED IN AN OPERABLE STATE. 2) IF THE QUENCH VENT IS NOT CONFIGURED CORRECTLY THERE IS A RISK OF DANGER THAT MAY LEAD TO DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY AND CAN RESULT IN STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. THE EXHAUST MUST NOT BE VENTED IN AN ENCLOSED SPACE. THE OPERATOR OF THE SYSTEM MUST PREPARE AN EMERGENCY PLAN IN THE EVENT OF A QUENCH. 3) THE QUENCH TUBE CONSISTS OF STRAIGHT, HYDRAULICALLY SMOOTH SECTIONS, BENDS UP TO 90' AND A DIFFUSER, IF REQUIRED. THE END OF THE TUBE MUST BE PROTECTED FROM RAIN, SNOW, AND FOREIGN OBJECTS. ROUND SECTIONS ONLY, NO SQUARE SECTIONS. 4) THE SIEMENS MAGNET HAS A QUENCH VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR CONNECTION TO THE TUBE LOCATED AT THE TOP LEFT SIDE OF THE MAGNET (SEE MAGNET ELEVATION). THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL SUPPLY AND INSTALL A QUENCH VENT TUBE WITH CAP, TO BE NON-MAGNETIC STAINLESS STEEL L22 GAUGE RECOMMENDED). GRADES AISI304, 309, 316. OR 321 ONLY. THERMAL CONDITIONS MAY CAUSE THE TUBE TO CONTRACT UP TO 3mm/METER SO A STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS OR FLEXIBLE SECTION MUST BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF EVERY 32'-9" NOT TO EXCEED 2% OF THE OVERALL LENGTH. THE QUENCH TUBE MAY ALSO BE MADE OF ALUMINUM, EXTRUDED TUBE ALUMINUM GRADES 6063 AND 6082 ONLY MUST BE USED. ROLLED AND WELDED TUBE FROM SHEET ALUMINUM GRADE 5083 ONLY MUST BE USED. THE WALL SECTIONS OF ALUMINUM TUBE MUST BE A MINIMUM 14 GAUGE. THERMAL CONTRACTION OF 4.5 MM/METER MUST BE CONSIDERED FOR ALUMINUM QUENCH TUBES. THE MOVEMENT OF THE BELLOWS MUST BE RESTRICTED TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE EXPANSION DUE TO PRESSURE. THE WEIGHT OF THE TUBE MUST BE SUPPORTED BY THE BUILDING AND BE FLEXIBLE ENOUGH TO ALLOW MOVEMENT FROM THERMAL CONTRACTION. THE WALL EXIT SHOULD ALSO BE FLEXIBLE. 5) THE MAXIMUM INTERNAL PRESSURE IS CALCULATED AT 1.45 PSI. THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE SHOULD BE ENGINEERED FOR 6.5 PSI. 6) USE THE QUENCH VENT CALCULATOR PROVIDED BY SIEMENS TO DESIGN A QUENCH VENT THAT MEETS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR DIAMETER, LENGTH, NUMBER OF ELBOWS AND PRESSURE DROP. ALL BENDS MUST BE SMOOTH WALLED AND HAVE A CENTERLINE TO INTERNAL PIPE DIAMETER RATIO OF 1.5 TO 5.0. EXPANSIONS TO PIPE DIAMETER CAN BE DONE WITH A DIFFUSER. ONLY ROUND TUBE SECTIONS MAY BE USED, RECTANGULAR SECTIONS ARE NOT ALLOWED. 7) THERE MUST BE A 12-19 INCH FLEXIBLE SECTION OF PIPE FOR CONNECTION TO THE QUENCH VALVE AT THE MAGNET WITH AN INSIDE DIAMETER GREATER THAN 4" (1.5T) OR 6" (3.OT) AND ABLE TO WITHSTAND 6.5 PSI. 8) SECTIONS OF THE PIPE CAN ONLY BE JOINED BY WELDING OR BOLTED FLANGES WITH FIBER GASKETS. ROTARY FLANGES ARE PERMITTED, VEE CLAMPED FLANGES MAY NOT BE USED. 9) THE PROTECTION AT THE END OF THE TUBE SHALL BE 3/8" WIRE MESH COVERING AN AREA AT LEAST 2.5 TIMES THE CROSS SECTION AREA OF THE QUENCH PIPE. 10) WHERE THE QUENCH TUBE EXITS THROUGH A FLAT ROOF, THE THE OUTLET MUST BE ABOVE A LEVEL WHERE WATER COULD ENTER IN THE EVENT THAT THE ROOF DRAINS BECOME BLOCKED. IN THE CASE OF A HORIZONTAL EXIT THROUGH A WALL, THE OUTLET SHALL BE ANGLED DOWNWARD NOT LESS THAN 1 PIPE DIAMETER TO PREVENT RAIN INGRESS. THE EXIT SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE THE LEVEL OF DRIFTING SNOW. 11) WHERE THE QUENCH TUBE EXITS VERTICALLY, A RAIN COVER MUST ALSO BE FITTED WITH THE DIAMETER TO BE TWO TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE QUENCH TUBE. THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE RAIN GUARD AND THE MESH SHALL 2 TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE TUBE. A DEFLECTOR PLATE SHALL BE WELDED TO THE TUBE WHERE IT EXITS THE ROOF TO PREVENT HELIUM FROM RE-ENTERING THE BUILDING. THE DEFLECTOR SHALL BE AT LEAST THE DIAMETER OF THE RAIN GUARD AND LOCATED TWO PIPE DIAMETERS ABOVE THE ROOF AND TWO PIPE DIAMETERS BELOW THE RAIN GUARD. DURING A QUENCH THE HELIUM GAS EXITING THE QUENCH PIPE MAY BE AT TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN-409F. DUE TO THIS TEMPERATURE ROOFING MATERIALS OR ITEMS AROUND THE VENT EXIT MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED. CONSIDERATION OF MATERIALS AND ITEMS PLACED NEAR THE VENT EXIT SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT SO DAMAGE DOES NOT OCCUR. 12) TO AVOID INJURY FROM COLD BURNS AND ASPHYXIATION ACCESS TO THE QUENCH VENT MUST BE RESTRICTED BY W-11" ON EACH SIDE AND BELOW, AND 19'-9" ABOVE WITH WARNING SIGNS. THE EXIT MUST NOT BE LOCATED WHERE HELIUM GAS COULD BE DRAWN INTO AN AIR INLET OR OPEN WINDOW. A WARNING MUST BE PLACED NEAR THE QUENCH VENT OUTLET. 13) THE QUENCH TUBE MUST HAVE MINIMUM 1" INSULATION FOR THE FULL LENGTH. WITHIN THE RF ROOM THERE SHOULD BE A 1" LAYER OF MINERAL FIBER INSULATION WITH A VAPOR BARRIER AND 1" CLASS 0 OR CLASS AP ARMAFLEX. OUTDOOR PIPES MUST BE WEATHERPROOF. THE TUBE MUST HAVE A WARNING POSTED ALONG IT'S ENTIRE LENGTH FOR EXTREMELY COLD HELIUM GAS - AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. THE INSULATION MUST NOT TOUCH THE MAGNET COVERS. TO AVOID RF DISTURBANCES THE INSULATION MUST NOT MAKE ELECTRICAL CONTACT WITH THE WAVEGUIDE. 14) GALVANIC SEPARATION MUST BE PROVIDED BETWEEN THE MAGNET, THE QUENCH VENT, THE RF ROOM, AND THE BUILDING, TWO SEPARATIONS ARE REQUIRED USING STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS, INSULATING BUSHES AND LOCKING NUTS. NO OTHER DESIGNS ARE PERMITTED FOR SAFETY. 15) THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE QUENCH PIPE MUST BE DOCUMENTED WITH DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS THAT ARE KEPT WITH INSTALLATION DOCUMENTS. IT MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IN THIS DOCUMENT BEFORE BEING CONNECTED TO THE MAGNET. REV 2 A E F2 A REV 8 SIEMENS FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHYRHILLS 7050 GALL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 SCAN ROOM - MAGNETOM AERA W/MOBILE TABLE THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT TION R101R(A) DATED 07/02/15 RIE ULTSIN AUTHPROSOECUTION U DIER 1404210 0 07/10/15 APPROVED BY CUSTOMERS FOR FlNU FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED I 1 10 10 T. KELLEY M 501 EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCA REF. # DATE: PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK- NOTED 30184706 12/10/14 CRYOGEN NOTES 1) "CRYOGENS" IS A TERM USED TO IDENTIFY THE REFRIGERANT USED TO MAKE THE MAGNET "SUPER -CONDUCTING", IN THIS APPLICATION, LIQUID AND GASEOUS HELIUM. SPECIAL CARE MUST BE TAKEN DURING THE TRANSFILLING OF THE MAGNET WITH CRYOGENS AND NORMAL EXHAUST OF CRYOGENS FROM THE SYSTEM. ASIDE FROM THE OBVIOUS DANGER OF FREEZING, HELIUM GAS WILL ALSO DISPLACE THE OXYGEN IN THE ROOM. THE INSTALLATION OF AN APPROVED TOXGARD MONITORING SYSTEM IS RECOMMENDED. 2) THERE SHALL BE A TRANSPORT ROUTE FOR DELIVERY OF CRYOGENS TO THE EXAM ROOM. SPECIAL VESSELS CALLED DEWARS ARE USED TO TRANSPORT HELIUM. A 250 LITER DEWAR WEIGHS 335 POUNDS AND HAS A 32" DIAMETER, A 500 LITER IS 540 POUNDS, AND IS 42" IN DIAMETER. 3) HELIUM GAS CYLINDERS MAY BE USED DURING THE INITIAL FILLING OF HELIUM INTO THE MAGNET. THE FACILITY IN WHICH THESE MAY BE USED NEEDS TO HAVE THE ABILITY TO TEMPORARILY STORE AND SECURE THESE CYLINDERS THAT WILL PREVENT THEM FROM INADVERTENTLY FALLING OVER. 4) OUTSIDE VENTING OF THE HELIUM IS TO BE PROVIDED BY MEANS OF A VENT PIPE OF NON-MAGNETIC MATERIAL CALLED A QUENCH VENT. REV 0 PROJECT MANAGER: BRUCE ROBERTS TEL: (727) 366-9941 VMAIL: EXT: FAX: EMAIL: bruce.e.roberts@siemens.com